Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Reso 87-2023 (23-422)
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR: CITY OF SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO FIRE DEPARTMENT Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumpers Product Proposal Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A) Product Specifications (Exhibit B) ▪Supporting Documents (If Applicable) ◦Electrical Analysis ◦Turning Radius Report Product Warranties (Exhibit C) Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D) TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 2 3 4 5 goldenstatefire.com JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP PRODUCTPROPOSAL1 OPTION A 100% Pre-Payment This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent upon the Customer paying the Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION, IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF $167,065.62 OFF OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638 PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR: City of South San Francisco Fire Department 480 North Canal Street South San Francisco, CA 94080 Sales Consultant Ryan Wright ryan@goldenstatefire.com Mobile: (209) 613-3809 Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO FIRE DEPARTMENT (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”). PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, as applicable and if approved by GSFA). MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 04/20/2023 05/18/2023 70420-23A 933 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Sourcewell #113021, ID #259 – Member #28584 ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumpers 2,254,083.42 B Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (151,743.00) C SUBTOTAL 2,102,340.42 D 9.875% State Sales Tax 207,606.12 E California Tire Fee 21.00 F 100% Performance Bond 4,890.00 G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,314,857.54 goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638 amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect. PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 38.5 to 41.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions. PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions. PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted. PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828. ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA. COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal. If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby. [Signature Page Follows] goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638 INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date. ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE: _______________________________________ Signature _______________________________________ Print Name _______________________________________ Title _______________________________________ Date ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE: _______________________________________ Signature _______________________________________ Print Name _______________________________________ Title _______________________________________ Date OPTION B Payment at Time of Final Delivery or Pickup This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent upon the Customer paying the Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA at time of Final Delivery or Pickup pursuant to the Payment Terms goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638 PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR: City of South San Francisco Fire Department 480 North Canal Street South San Francisco, CA 94080 Sales Consultant Ryan Wright ryan@goldenstatefire.com Mobile: (209) 613-3809 Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO FIRE DEPARTMENT (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”). PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) (as such amount may be adjusted by Change Order in accordance with the Terms and Conditions) to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect. SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 04/20/2023 05/18/2023 70420-23B 933 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Sourcewell #113021, ID #259 – Member #28584 ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumpers 2,254,083.42 B 9.875% State Sales Tax 222,590.74 C California Tire Fee 21.00 D 100% Performance Bond 5,228.00 E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,481,923.16 goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638 PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 38.5 to 41.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions. PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions. PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted. PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828. ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA. COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal. If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby. [Signature Page Follows] goldenstatefire.com 7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638 INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date. ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE: _______________________________________ Signature _______________________________________ Print Name _______________________________________ Title _______________________________________ Date ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE: _______________________________________ Signature _______________________________________ Print Name _______________________________________ Title _______________________________________ Date JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP STANDARD TERMSAND CONDITIONS Exhibit “A” 2 1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. Definitions. a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s). e. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s). f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal). j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications. k. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached. l. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C. m. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. n. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A. 2. Purchase and Payment. a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). 2 c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion. d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax. 3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available. 4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s). 5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement. 6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer. 3 7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance. a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products. b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer. 8. Changes to Agreement Terms. a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate the feasibility of such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. b. Additional Changes. i. Component Price Volatility. GSFA shall not be responsible for any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump) after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all 4 associated taxes and fees thereon) occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased. iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9. Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b. c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer. 9. Termination. a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the pre- construction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement. Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA 5 has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order. c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof. GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c. 10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility. 11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer. 12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE 6 IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from non- delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA. 13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates. 14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA). The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise. This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph. 15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work. 16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier. 7 GSFA: CUSTOMER: Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road Sacramento, CA 95828 17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control. 18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO. 19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party. 20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court). 21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement. END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Exhibit “B” 3 Proposal Details Report OptionCode Type Option ProposalText 0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper Golden State Fire Apparatus is pleased to submit a proposal to South San Francisco Fire Department for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty (20) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The 4/20/2023 Customer:City of South San Francisco Bid Number: 933 Representative Klockzien, Dave Job Number: Requirements Manager:Organization:Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: South SF Enforcer Pumper Chassis:Enforcer Chassis Body: Pumper, Short, Aluminum, 2nd Gen 1933Bid #: transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department. In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. LIABILITY The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $3,000,000 Each Occurrence: $3,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: 2933Bid #: Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 Aggregate: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2016, With Exceptions NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus 0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper 3933Bid #: 0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Pumper/Tanker, U.L. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947 Certification, Vehicle Inspection Program, NFPA 1901 VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1901 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested BID BOND NOT REQUESTED A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply: All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. 0807710 Performance Bond, 100% with 25% Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment Bond PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible. 4933Bid #: 0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0082910 Drawing, Compartment Layout, Standard Pumper Body DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0781461 Electrical Diagrams, Hard, CD or USB Flash Features ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS There will be electrical wiring diagrams, provided for the model of chassis and body in the following configurations: no hard copies of the electrical diagrams no CDs of the electrical diagrams provided one (1) USB flash drive with the electrical diagrams provided 0649754 Enforcer Chassis ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. 0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 114". 0021009 Overall Length, Target TARGET OVERALL LENGTH The target overall length of the apparatus will be 348". 0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 172.50. 0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 44,000#. 0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, Enforcer FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges. 0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd 0637911 Axle, Front, Dana, D-2000F, 20,000 lb Saber FR/Enforcer FRONT AXLE The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a Dana axle, Model D-2000F, with a rated capacity of 20,000 lb. 0637913 Suspension, Front, Standens, Taper Leaf, 20,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer FRONT SUSPENSION The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 20,000 lb. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. 5933Bid #: 0000321 Shock Absorbers on Front Axle, Monroe Magnum 65, Saber/Enforcer SHOCK ABSORBERS To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 20,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 0641555 Axle, Rear, Dana S23-190, 24,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Dana Model S23-190, single axle assembly with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph. 0565379 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring, 24,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). 0782805 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Armor Max MSD, 12R22.50, LRH, Single REAR TIRES The rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear Armor Max MSD, 12R22.50 radials, load range H, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. 0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring, RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap, Single Axle TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome CHROME LUG NUT COVERS Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Front Axle FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. 0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High Hat (Pair) REAR HUB COVERS A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 6933Bid #: 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce Logo MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided. 0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44- E, Folding, Horizontal Wheel Chock Brackets There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted one (1) forward and one (1) rearward of the left side rear tire. 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 0690932 Brakes, Bendix, ADB-22X, 17" Disc, Front BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type by Bendix®. Front brakes will be Model ADB22X™, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" rotors for improved stopping distance. 0580500 Brakes, Bendix, Disc, Rear, Model ADB-22X, Single The rear brakes will be Bendix Model ADB-22X, air disc. 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch Minimum Capacity, Saber FR/Enforcer BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: Brake treadle valve Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi Spring set parking brake system Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater. 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0000854 Air Inlet, w/Disconnect Coupling AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment. 7933Bid #: 0000860 Outlet, Air, with shut off valve AIR OUTLET One (1) air outlet will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85-psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air. Female coupling and male fitting will be .25" thread. A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0808497 Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins® Model: X15 Power: 565 hp at 1700 rpm Torque: 1850 lb-ft at 1150 rpm Governed Speed: 2100 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2027 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT+™ Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin-on style filter. The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins. 0811409 Not Required, Engine Contingency Adjustment 0730801 Remote Mounted Filters Not Required, X15 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton Drive Master CLUTCH FAN A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen, Saber FR/Enforcer ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 8933Bid #: 0794743 Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15, MX13, Engine, Horizontal, Right Side EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will include a Single Module™ aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches. Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain. The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. 0041125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Dual Fills FUEL TANK A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand sides of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlets. The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. Servicing the fuel tank pick-up tubes and fuel gauge sending unit will be capable of being accomplished by draining fuel and dropping tank. 0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0662965 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the air bottle storage behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle. The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. 0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic, Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd FUEL PRIMING PUMP A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary Filter, Cummins FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel, AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 9933Bid #: 0578959 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline FUEL SEPARATOR The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. 0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf TRANSMISSION An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. 0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push Button, 4000 EVS TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: 1st 3.51 to 1.00 2nd 1.91 to 1.00 3rd 1.43 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 6th 0.64 to 1.00 R 4.80 to 1.00 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. 0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0637248 Steering, Dual Gear, TRW TAS-65, w/tilt, Pump w/ Cooler, Saber FR/Enforcer STEERING Dual steering gear, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. 0802950 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke w/Wiper Control, Saber FR/Enforcer STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4)-spoke design. There will be a switch pod provided on the left side of the steering wheel between the spokes. The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. The following switches will be provided: Windshield wash Wiper intermittent speed increase Wiper intermittent speed decrease Hi/Lo wiper speed Wiper off 0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: BLANK The second row of text will be: SSFFD The third row of text will be: BLANK 10933Bid #: 0624298 Bumper, 16" Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer BUMPER A one (1) piece, ten (10) gauge, 304-2B type polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength. The bumper will be extended 16.00" from front face of cab. Gravel Pan A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. 0640199 Tray, Hose, Center, 16" Bumper, Outside Air Horns CENTER HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0630809 Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1) D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray, Notched Center Hose Tray Cover A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray. The cover will be "notched" allowing the hose to be pre connected to hose connection. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge. A D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will hold the cover in the open position. The arm will be opposite the discharge side of cover. 0614646 No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT, SFR/Enf 0072306 Tow Eyes, Chrome, Extended Out Front of Bumper TOW EYES Two (2) chrome tow eyes will be mounted through the front face of the bumper. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius. Tow eyes will be mounted directly to the bumper frame. Cutouts will be provided in the front face of stainless steel bumper to allow tow eyes to extend out the front. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. 0709257 Lights, PIAA RF6, 26-07106 White LED, pair, Below Bumper LED LIGHTS There will be two (2) PIAA, Model RF6, 26-07106, 6.00" long, white LED lamps provided, one (1) on each side under the front bumper. The lamp switch will be properly identified and installed on the switch panel with in reach of the driver. The switch will be powered with the low beam headlamps on and will be deactivated when the high beam headlights are activated. An indicator in the switch will indicate when the lights are on. 11933Bid #: 0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010 CAB The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions. The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers. The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0727969 Engine Tunnel, X15, Mech Fasteners, Enforcer ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor. 0610508 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable Seating, Not Available 12933Bid #: 0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber FR/Enforcer CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0683356 Cab Lift Stay Arm, Painted Yellow PAINTED CAB LIFT STAY ARM The cab lift stay arm will be painted yellow. 0709260 SP Stay Arm, Cylinder, Cab Tilt, Additional, Pinned, Portable An additional reduced height stay-arm will be supplied to be pinned around the passenger side lift cylinder. The stay arm will be used in addition to the standard stay arm. The stay arm is removable and can be stored on the vehicle or in the maintenance shop. 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Enforcer GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. 0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer 0087357 Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab SIDE OF CAB MOLDING Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab. 0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex MIRRORS A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 13933Bid #: 0648170 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer 4-Door Cab, Raised Roof DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 73.25" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry. A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted. The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. 0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab Door Panels The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0633615 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom Step, Saber FR/Enforcer CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height. The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4- Door Cab CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts STEP LIGHTS There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps. One (1) light for the left access steps. Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps. Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps. One (1) light for the right side access step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0002141 Fenders, s/s on cab - Saber/Enforcer FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0753177 SP Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, 10.25" High, Sp Location, Saber FR/Enforcer CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 10.25" high. The top of the window will be located in the standard position and go down to the top of the EMS compartments on each side. 0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side of raised roof 14933Bid #: 0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 0898696 Compt, Transverse Crew Cab, Dbl Pan, 70" SFR/Enf STORAGE COMPARTMENT Provided under the forward facing crew cab seats will be a transverse compartment. The compartment will be divided into upper and lower sections by a removable divider located at the cab floor. The upper section will be 13.75" wide x 9.00" high x full width (transverse) of the crew cab. The lower section will be 15.00" wide x 24.50" high x 15.00" deep on both sides. The compartment will extend from the bottom of the cab to top of the seat riser. There will be two (2) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-Ring latch with #751 key, one (1) on each side of the cab with a pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door provided as a door stop. The clear door opening of each compartment door will be 10.25" wide x 32.00" high. The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. There will be one (1) stainless steel drop down door with two (2) locking flush lift and turn latches with #751 keys with louvers for ventilation on the forward face of the seat riser. The compartment interior will be D/A finished. Compartment Light There will be four (4) white Amdor LED strip lights, one (1) horizontally mounted in each lower and upper exterior compartment. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0733391 SP Drug Locker, Knox, MedVault 2.5 Mini, 5230S3*, Surface Mounted KNOX MEDVAULT There will be a Knox MedVault® 2.5 Mini, Model 5230S3*, surface mounted on top of right side rear facing cabinet facing crew cab as far outboard as possible. A standard door and mechanical override will be provided. The antenna will be located on the back. 0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer CAB DASH The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of aluminum and painted fire smoke gray. The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster. 0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel. A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel 1.00" to allow for wire routing below the plate. The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0761920 SP Computer Docking, Havis DS-GTC- 802 for Getac A140, Swing & Slide COMPUTER DOCKING STATION A computer docking station with power supply for a Getac A140 tablet computer (computer not included) will be located on a flat horizontal surface forward of officer seat. The computer mount will allow the computer to swing, and slide out up to 11.00". The following Havis components will be supplied and installed: One (1) DS-GTC-802 Docking station with bundled power supply One (1) C-MD-112 11" Slide Out Locking Swing Arm With Motion Adapter One (1) C-HDM-134 Base Mount One (1) CG-X Charge Guard 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber FR/Enforcer, CARE CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs. All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl. 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber FR/Enforcer CAB INTERIOR PAINT The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 15933Bid #: 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew Cab, Saber/Enforcer CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0722038 HVAC, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area. Cab Defroster A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following: One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in the left side rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward left side position. Air Conditioning A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior. The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following: Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Minimum of five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches. The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. Climate Control An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control. The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature. The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob. Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position. The system controller will be located within panel position #12. Gravity Drain Tubes Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No pumps will be provided. 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT, Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer GRAB HANDLES A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 16933Bid #: 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door. 0530840 Box, Storage, Aluminum, Latex Gloves STORAGE BOX There will be four (4) storage box(es) designed to hold and dispense boxes of latex gloves provided. Each box will be constructed of aluminum and located TBD. Each storage box will be 10.00" wide x 5.00" high x 3.50" deep and painted to match the cab interior. A slot will be provided on the top of each box to dispense the gloves. 0808055 SP Map box, 3 bin, Open from Top, 29.5 W x 8.25 H x 14 D MAP BOX There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open at top, installed TBD. The map box will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 9.75" wide x 8.25" high x 14.00" front to back. The map box will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection CAB SAFETY SYSTEM The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following: A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event. A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions. A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt. A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt. Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall. Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event. Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event. Frontal Impact Protection The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: Driver side front air bag Passenger side knee bolster air bag Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll: Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). 17933Bid #: 0636955 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride, High Back, Safety, Saber FR/Enforcer DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632924 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride, High Back, Safety, Saber FR/Enforcer OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment 0765044 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 28 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 28.00" high x 23.00" deep. The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 25.50" high. The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 0765040 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 28 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 28.00" high x 22.00" deep. The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 25.50" high. The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS Outboard 0635959 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center, (2) Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Safety, Saber FR/Enf FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS There will be two (2) forward facing seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. The seat backs will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt. The seats will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 18933Bid #: 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS Outboard 0622028 SP Switch, Compt Light, Magnetic Style IPO Door Plunger Switch MAGNETIC DOOR SWITCH There will be magnetic door switch(es) provided in place of the door plungers within the cab compartment(s). The switches will be provided for four (4) door(s) of left and right side EMS cabinet doors and left and right side auxiliary compartment doors compartment(s). 0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides LIP ON CABINET There will be a 1.50" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints There will be two (2) cabinets(s) provided with the lip left and right rear facing cabinets inside cab. 0675651 Matting, Vin-A-Grip, EMS/Cab, Shelving MATTING IN SHELVING Vinyl grating will be provided in two (2) EMS or cab shelving surfaces top of left and right rear facing cabinets inside cab. The vinyl grating will be .50" thick and be cross bonded by .25" diameter ribbed sections spaced for aeration. 0786483 SP Matting, Turtle Tile, w/Ramp, EMS Cabinet/Compartment Floor MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in four (4) EMS cabinet compartment(s) on the compartment floor. The locations are, floor of left and right rear facing cabinets in cab and flooring including transverse area of compartments rear of crew doors.. The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be black, in color. 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl, Seats Inc, CARE SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz black vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have four (4) seating positions. 0511471 No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm 2010,Saber FR/Enf 0735335 Door, Access, Front, (1) Rear Facing Seat Risers, No Heater ACCESS DOOR An access door will be provided in the front edge of the right side rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a flush lift and turn latch and painted to match the cab interior. There will be no louvers. 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor, ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer SEAT BELTS All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only. To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets. 0647632 Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model 60C*EGCS, 6.00" round dual LED dome lights provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white. The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. 19933Bid #: 0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and Crew Cab Dome Lts ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear. 0893590 Spotlight, Golight Stryker, Model 30**4ST, LED, 2 Lts CAB SPOTLIGHT There will be two (2) Golight® Stryker ST™, Model 30**4ST, white LED spotlights located on the cab roof, (1) each side on cab roof. The spotlights will be mounted to the surface of the cab roof. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0893537 Controller, Spotlight, Golight Stryker ST, Wired Dash Mount, 2 Lts SPOTLIGHT CONTROLLER There will be one (1) wired dash mounted remote provided for each spotlight. 0649967 Location, Spotlight Controller, Driver and Officer, 2 Lts Spotlight Controller Locations The remotes to control the spotlights will be located one (1) within reach of the driver and one (1) within reach of the officer. 0773607 SP Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Vulcan 180 44305 Yellow, 12v Charg Base HAND HELD LIGHT There will be four (4) Streamlight, Vulcan 180, Item #44305, lights with 12 volt DC charging cord, Direct wire charging rack and strap mounted (2) each 6' above crew cab floor outboard of axe on each side of forward facing crew cab seats.. The housing color will be yellow. 0563293 Handlight, Streamlight, Survivor, 90519, LED, 12v, Yellow, 12v Charger HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be four (4) lights yellow Streamlight Survivor 90519 LED flashlights provided and installed TBD. The 12 volt charger will be included. 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. Gauges The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter gauge (volts): Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly High volts (15.5 VDC) Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Very high volts (16.0 VDC) Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Engine Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Very low fuel (1/32 full) Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI): Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): 20933Bid #: High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator light in gauge dial All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. Indicator Lamps To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: Low coolant Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) Check engine Check trans (check transmission Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat Air rest (air restriction) Caution (triangle symbol) Water in fuel DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) Trailer ABS (where applicable) Wait to start (where applicable) HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable) Front air bag fault (where applicable) The following red telltale lamps will be present: Warning (stop sign symbol) Seat belt Parking brake Stop engine Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: Left turn Right turn Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: High beam Alarms Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. Control Switches For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights. Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column. Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided. Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will 21933Bid #: be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included. An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground. Custom Switch Panels The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions. Diagnostic Panel A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port Roll sensor diagnostic port Command Zone USB diagnostic port ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information: Odometer Trip mileage PTO hours Fuel consumption Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel, AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. 22933Bid #: 0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color Dsply, DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. 0622798 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower Console & Overhead, Rocker MUX, Enforcer SWITCH PANELS The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab. The switches will be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions. Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. 0802946 Wiper Control, 2-Speed w/Intermittent, Steering Wheel, Left Pod, SFR/Enf WIPER CONTROL Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located in the left hand pod of the steering wheel. 0628991 Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC, 12 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate low on forward wall of RS rear facing EMS cabinet (behind seat) for TIC, Portable radio chargers etc). Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0610968 Wiring, Spare, 2.0 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1016 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 2.0 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate (1) driver side cab per instrument panel layout, (1) Officer side cab per instrument panel layout and (1) between crew seats with power point in box.. Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1016 dual USB charger socket. Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC Power and ground will terminate on the rear wall of the crew cab, centered and instrument panel centered between engineer and officer Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 23933Bid #: 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate (1) in LS1 and (1) in RS1. Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0803875 Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth STEREO RADIO A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. The following features will be included: - 180 watts max power output (45W x 4) - Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls (A2DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP) - Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro) - iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB - SiriusXM-Ready® - Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB 2.0 for playback of MP3 & WMA audio files - RBDS with PTY search - Front and rear USB input - Front and rear AUX input 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches Grey with black accents Sunlight Readable Linux operating system Minimum of 1000nits rated display Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. Programmed to read US Customary General Screen Design Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. Home/Transit Screen This screen will display the following: Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center) Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center) Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) Digital Speedometer Active Alarms On Scene Screen This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): Battery Voltage Fuel Oil Pressure Coolant Temperature RPM Water Level (if equipped) Foam Level (if equipped) Foam Concentration (if equipped) Water Flow Rate (if equipped) Water Used (if equipped) Active Alarms Virtual Buttons 24933Bid #: There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. Page Screen The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: Diagnostics Faults Listed by order of occurrence Allows to sort by system Interlock Throttle Interlocks Pump Interlocks (if equipped) Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) PTO Interlocks (if equipped) Load Manager A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. Systems Command Zone Module type and ID number Module Version Input or output number Circuit number connected to that input or output Status of the input or output Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped) Pressure Controller (if equipped) Generator Frequency (if equipped) Live Data General Truck Data Maintenance Engine oil and filter Transmission oil and filter Pump oil (if equipped) Foam (if equipped) Aerial (if equipped) Setup Clock Setup Date & Time 12 or 24 hour format Set time and date Backlight Daytime Night time Sensitivity Unit Selection Home Screen Virtual Button Setup On Scene Screen Setup Configure Video Mode Set Video Contrast Set Video Color Set Video Tint Do Not Move The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door Passenger's Side Cab Door Driver Side Crew Cab Door Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Driver Side Body Doors Passenger's Side Body Doors Rear Body Door(s) Ladder Rack (if applicable) Deck Gun (if applicable) Light Tower (if applicable) Hatch Door (if applicable) Stabilizers (if applicable) Steps (if applicable) Notifications View Active Alarms Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced Timer Screen HVAC (if equipped) Tire Information (if equipped) Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 25933Bid #: 0734857 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert (R2V), HA5 COLLISION MITIGATION There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degree C to 85 degree C. The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground. While responding with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app. While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app. The HA5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan, plus a 5 year extended cellular data plan, for a total of 10 years cellular data plan subscription. Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal. 0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display Seat Belt Monitor VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH/sec Deceleration - MPH/sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On/Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year/Month/Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when: The home screen is active: and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated. The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0759929 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2ibC, 3805 INTERCOM SYSTEM A four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with dual radio capability at the driver and officer positions will be provided. Remote radio push-to-transmit buttons will be located on instrument panel per layout . Two (2) crew cab positions, located at two (2) inboard forward facing seats, will have radio listen / intercom only. The following components will be supplied with this system: Two (2) U3805 Radio Junction Modules Two (2) U3816 Dual Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer) Four (4) Remote PTT Kits One (1) U3800 Intercom Unit (2 Crew) One (1) C3820 Power Cable All necessary cables and connectors 0637058 David Clark Universal Radio Interfaces Included with Single/Dual System RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to TBD . 26933Bid #: 0597914 Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under Helmet, Flex Mic UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET There will be four (4) under the helmet, headset(s) provided driver, officer and (2) crew seats. Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature: 5' Coiled cord Noise cancelling electric microphone Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button Comfort Gel Earseals 23 dB noise reduction 0681408 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each HEADSET HANGERS There will be eight (8) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side inboard forward facing seat and passenger's side inboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. 0605452 Microphone Clip Kit, Magnetic MICROPHONE CLIP There will be three (3) magnetic radio microphone clip kits model MMSU-1 supplied and installed TBD. 0640003 Install Customer Provided Modem MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed TBD at approval meeting. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0559503 Install Customer Provided, Portable Radio Charger(s) PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There will be four (4) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed one each next to driver’s seat, captain’s seat, and each rear cab seat with exact locations determined at Pre-Construction conference. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0562774 Install Customer Provided Thermal Camera(s), Charger Only BRACKET ONLY INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Thermal Imaging camera charging bracket(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed on top of right side rear facing EMS cabinet. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0736417 Install Customer Provided Two-Way Radio(s), Single Remote Head TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio(s) with a single remote head sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed per instrument panel layout per the shipping document. The remote radio head will be located per instrument panel layout . No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0755515 Camera, Pierce, Drivers Mux Display, R, RS Cameras VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be not provided. The following components will be included: One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera One (1) CS134404CI Side camera One (1) Amplified speaker (if applicable) All necessary cables 0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera RECESS REAR CAMERA A rear camera recess will be provided in the center at the rear . 0772846 Key Storage, Knox-Box, KeySecure 5, KSM-200K2, WiFi, Cab Surface Mt KNOX-BOX There will be a Knox-Box® KeySecure® 5, Model KSM-200K2 with key pad access provided. The system will allow all administration functions to be performed via WiFi, Ethernet cable or USB port. The box will hold two (2) keys. The box will be installed top of RS rear facing EMS cabinet inboard of medvault to match photo. 0768719 Bracket, Mounting, 90 Degree, KeySecure 5/6, Knox KLS-MB-90 KNOX BOX MOUNTING BRACKET A Knox Box 90 degree mounting bracket, Model KLS-MB-90, will be provided. The bracket will be mounted to the key storage located top of RS rear facing EMS cabinet to match photo. 27933Bid #: 0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. Solid-State Control System A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. Circuit Protection and Control Diagram Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm Red warning indication with steady tone alarm Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process. TCU Module with WiFi An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna. The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system. The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage. The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device. Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Voltage Monitor System A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. 28933Bid #: Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. EMI/RFI Protection To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events. The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals. Prognostics will include the following: Engine oil and filter Transmission oil and filter 0892649 CZ Connect Telematics TELEMATICS SYSTEM There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web-based user interface portal provided. The TCU will be fully integrated into the Command Zone™ electrical system. It will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 5 year Subscription.. After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure CZ Connect web-based interface portal. The CZ Connect web-based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include: User defined interval notifications User defined fault alerts Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring Vehicle system status 29933Bid #: 0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079166 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud BATTERY SYSTEM There will be four (4) 12 volt Exide®, Model 31S950X5W, batteries that include the following features will be provided: 950 CCA, cold cranking amps 190 amp reserve capacity High cycle Group 31 Rating of 3800 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit 760 minutes of reserve capacity Threaded stainless steel studs Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. 0002698 Battery Compartment, Saber/Enforcer BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab. Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments. 0812383 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief 091-266-12-40 BATTERY CHARGER There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger 4012, product code 091-266-12-40, 40 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger. 0779452 Location, Charger, Cab EMS Compt, Back Wall The battery charger will be located on the back wall of the EMS compartment, located left side rear facing cabinet with charger on wall behind seat. 30933Bid #: 0811940 Panel, Remote Control, Not Required 0892168 Not Required, Indicator Included on Inlet Cover 0887806 Cover, Battery Charger, Cab, Kussmaul 091-187-12-* BATTERY CHARGER COVER The chassis battery charger will include a smooth aluminum painted to match cab interior color properly ventilated removable cover. 0804247 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Chf Auto Eject, 091-55-20-120, 091-55- 266-XX Cover AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be a Kussmaul™, part number 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus. The inlet will include a Kussmaul Chief Series part number 091-55-266-XX weatherproof flip up cover with OLED DC display. The color of the cover will be yellow. There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger. There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency 0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI ALTERNATOR A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 31933Bid #: 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. If enabled: "Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center. Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) 0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel HEADLIGHTS There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille: the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on. The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated. 0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights. The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. 0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following: Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical. Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical. The lights will be installed without guards. 32933Bid #: 0647929 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036YLED,AXT/EnfMUX/DCF FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: As close as practical to the vertical centerline Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: To indicate the overall width of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the rear All at the same height There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: To indicate the overall length of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the side All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following: Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs. 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt LICENSE PLATE BRACKET One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce, For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights LIGHTING BEZEL There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. 0769420 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB- 12HW020 LED 4Dr CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 33933Bid #: 0769572 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side. If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a 20.00" light, a 12.00" version of the Amdor light will be installed. The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0770056 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY- LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LED's, 12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied. 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected. The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed. 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw STEP LIGHTS Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 0786767 Lights, Side Scene, TecNiq, E960 LED, Stainless, Control 1st SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model E960 LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing installed on the side of the apparatus, (1) on each rear fender at 45 degree angle facing rear. A control for the light(s) selected above will be the side scene lights activated when the chassis transmission is shifted into reverse. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered. The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, right side rear cab wall. The light(s) to be installed on push up side mount outside pole length to be 20.00" long with a handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, left side rear cab wall. The light(s) to be installed on 2" offset push up side mount outside pole length to be 20.00" long with a handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768062 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, Right side cab behind crew door high as possible. The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a chrome cover. The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 34933Bid #: 0768064 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, left side cab behind crew door high as possible. The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a chrome cover. The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0766906 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PCPSM1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light(s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, (1) each side on rear vehicle. The light(s) will include black housing(s) with a chrome cover. The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763608 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light (s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, Right side body as far rearward as possible on cover for ladder rack air lock. The light(s) will include housing(s) with a chrome cover. The light(s) will be controlled by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s). The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763610 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light (s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, left side body as far rearward as possible . The light(s) will include housing(s) with a chrome cover. The light(s) will be controlled by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s). The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other Hose Bed & Rear Lighting 0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area. Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical. Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt. 12 Volt Lights At Rear Body 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions WALKING SURFACE LIGHT There will be eight (8) P25 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome housing provided on the hose bed cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges evenly spaced four (4) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060101 Pumper, Short, Aluminum, 2nd Gen 0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20" 35933Bid #: 0808227 SP Tank, Water, 550 Gallon, Poly, Short, New York Style WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 550 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required 0083450 Notch, Poly Tank, Location one (1) notch(es) will be provided in the poly water tank left side for left side pre-connect. 0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK One (1) sleeve will be provided in the water tank for a 2.50" pipe to the rear. 0553725 Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty, Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export WATER TANK RESTRAINT A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided. 0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill 0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve 0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist 0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute 0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump Master 0618241 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, New York Style HOSE BED The hose bed will be fabricated of 0.125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. The hose bed will be as low as practical. Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed before the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating. 36933Bid #: 0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special Hose bed will accommodate L to R: 200' 1.75" DJ (50' lgth) & TFT auto nzl; 1000' 2.5" DJ (50' lgth) & TFT auto nzl; 800' 4" Rbr Storz Ftn (7-100' & 2-50') with 2 28" traffic cones ; 200' 1.75" DJ (50' lgth) & TFT auto nzl. 0689090 Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted, w/Handhold HOSE BED DIVIDER Four (4) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum. An oval opening will be provided near the rear of the divider to be used as a hand hold and aid in accessing the hose bed. Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0893881 SP Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate, Electric Actuated, Flat HOSE BED COVER ELECTRIC ACTUATOR A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be flat. A stationary bridgework support assembly will be provided at the rear to support the cover. The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover. The cover is designed with the left side cover opening first. A pneumatic gas spring assist will be installed at the rear of the covers to help support and stabilize the cover throughout its range of motion. If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors. Chrome grab handles and two (2) (one (1) each side) electric linear actuator with brake cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A rubber-covered momentary toggle switch will be provided for each actuator that controls the opening and closing of the covers. Each switch will be located at the rear body of the body left side. Additional locks on top of the cover are not required to secure the cover in the nested position. A cross divider will be provided directly behind the actuators, at the front of the hose bed, to support the actuators and provide a clean appearance. A handrail will be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in climbing up the back of the truck. The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0697328 Flap, Rear of Alum Hose Bed Cover, Two Piece, Vinyl, w/Seat Belt Buckles HOSEBED END FLAP A pair of black vinyl flaps will be installed on the rear, one for each of the aluminum treadplate hose bed covers. The vinyl flap will be secured to the hose bed cover with quarter turn fasteners. Each vinyl flap will have (2) nylon tie down straps with seat belt buckles to secure the flaps at their base. 0658647 Patch, Vinyl, Removable for Lettering/Numerals PATCH FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS A black vinyl patch will be provided to allow lettering/numerals to be stitched to it. The patch will be installed Panel centered at top of left flap to be 19" H x 27.75" wide (male hook on removable section) with Velcro® allowing the patch to be removable. 0740281 Lettering, Hose Bed Rear Flap, Reflective, w/Outline LETTERING, HOSE BED REAR FLAP The lettering designation on the rear flap of the hose bed cover will be SSF (Vertical). There will be white reflective lettering provided on the rear flap. There will be three (3) letters provided. The reflective lettering will be approximately 8.00" high with a black outline. The lettering will be centered on the hose bed. The layout of the lettering will be straight. 0890742 SP Lettering, Hose Bed Rear Flap, Reflective, w/Outline, Special Layout LETTERING, HOSE BED REAR FLAP The lettering designation on the rear flap of the hose bed cover will be TBD. There will be white reflective lettering provided on the rear flap with a black outline. There will be three (3) letters provided. The reflective lettering will be approximately 14" High letters. The lettering will be centered on the hose bed. The layout of the lettering will be centered on the removable vinyl flap. 0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep RUNNING BOARDS Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate. Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure. Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 37933Bid #: 0689497 Tailboard, T-Shaped, 24" & 8" Deep, Angled Corners TAILBOARD The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 24.00" deep in the center area and 8.00" deep to the rear of the side compartments. The tailboard will be T-shaped. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body Material REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum. The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body. Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0889214 Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper REAR TOW EYES Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck. The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes. REAR TOW BAR One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard, 3.00" forward from the rear of the tailboard. With air ride suspension and a 65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .50" further rearward than normal when there is this combination of options. The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0623362 Hose Restraint, Running Board, Straps, S/S Seat Belt Buckle Style Latch RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with stainless steel seat belt buckle style latches will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board. 0024110 Tray, Hose, Running Board, 20' of 5.00" Soft Suction Hose HOSE TRAY One (1) hose tray will be recessed in the left hand side running board. Capacity of the tray will be 20.00' of 5.00" soft suction hose. Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided. 0014110 Tray, Hose, Running Board, 100' of 1.50" Hose HOSE TRAY One (1) hose tray will be recessed in the right hand side running board. Capacity of the tray will be 100' of 1.50" hose. Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided. 38933Bid #: 0895820 Construction, Compt, Alum, 2G Pumper COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of 0.125", 5052-H32 aluminum. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body. Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system. Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment. All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50K steel plate material or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard. The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure. Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road. Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 39933Bid #: 0053651 LS 140" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The left side compartmentation will consist of three (3) rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 22.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 16.75" wide x 56.88" high. A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high. A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one (1) hand. 0053703 RS 140" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The right side compartmentation will consist of three (3) rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 22.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 16.75" wide x 56.88" high. A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high. A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one (1) hand. 0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side Compartments SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S) There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors. Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon. Each rollup door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0083700 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D REAR COMPARTMENTATION A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 30.88" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 40933Bid #: 0594003 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear Compartment ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR The rear compartment will have a rollup door. The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors. The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon. The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995 No Body Modification Required 0625184 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door, Pumper DOOR GUARD There will be seven (7) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed left side rearward compartment, left side over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment and rear compartment. 0641826 Electric Door Locks, Body Doors, Amdor ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS There will be seven (7) door(s) located LS1, LS2, LS3, B1, RS1, RS2, RS3 equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located cab instrument panel. In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available. 0893174 SP Switch, Magnetic, Hatch Compt, Mechanical Fasteners HATCH COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR OPEN SWITCH The door switch/es will be magnetic. The magnetic switch/es will be fastened with screws, not two-way tape. two (2) compartment doors will have magnetic switches and mechanical fasteners will be left and right side hard suction storage doors. 0778674 SP Switch, Magnetic, Auxillary Compt, Mechanical Fasteners AUXILLARY COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR OPEN SWITCH The door switch/es will be magnetic. The magnetic switch/es will be fastened with screws, not two-way tape. five (5) compartment doors will have magnetic switches and mechanical fasteners will be Cargo compartment doors, Backboard compartment doors, and ladder storage. 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door, Pumper/Tanker COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment (s). Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted MOUNTING TRACKS There will be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS2, RS3 and B1. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 41933Bid #: 0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Predefined Locations ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be six (6) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location(s) will be in RS1 centered between the floor and the ceiling to the right of the partition, in RS3 in the upper third, in LS2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS1 centered between the floor and ceiling to right of the partition, in LS1 in the upper third to the left of the partition and in B1 in the upper third. 0622945 Shelves, Adjustable, Full Width/Depth, Low/Special Side Height ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be one (1) shelf provided B1. The shelf construction will consist of 0.188" aluminum with a brushed finish. A capacity rating will not be available on this item due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. Each shelf will as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows: Front: 1.00" high Rear: 1.00" high Left & Right Sides: 1.00" high 0589413 Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj. Height, Max Width/Depth SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 250 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be designed to be as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. painted spatter gray Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. The tray(s) will be located (2) in LS3. 0647045 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided (2) RS1 each side of partition . Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum. The finish will be painted spatter gray. The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth. There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0647472 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, w/ Side Slides, FW/FD, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be three (3) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided B1, LS3 and LS1 left of partition. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum. The finish will be painted spatter gray. The tray(s) will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth. Slides will be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be located on the sides of the tray so that the tray can be located as close to the compartment floor as possible. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0726446 Partition, Pegboard, Vertical Compt, Each PEGBOARD There will be Two (2) partitions provided. The partition(s) will be aluminum pegboard bolted in (1) LS1 28" from forward door frame and (1) RS1 28" form forward door frame. The pegboard will be .188" thick with .203" diameter holes punched 1.00" on center in a pegboard pattern. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. The pegboard will be aluminum painted spatter gray. 42933Bid #: 0799343 SP Bracket, SCBA, Zico SC-50-H-6-SF, with PHS AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS There will be four (4) Ziamatic, Model SC-50-H-6-SF, SCBA holder(s) with PHS (positive holding strap) provided. The bracket(s) will be located (3) equally spaced side to side in RS2 and (1) in LS3 upper. 0058270 No Horizontal Tracks On Back Wall, Over Wheel Compts NO HORIZONTAL TRACKS The compartments over the rear wheels will not have any type of horizontal tracks installed on the back wall that is used as a stiffener. 0655982 Matting, Turtle Tile, Thin Profile, Compt Shelving only MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 12 shelves. The locations are, all shelving and trays in body. The color of the Turtle Tile will be black. This matting will be .50" thick. 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt Floors MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in five (5) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS1 rear of partition, LS2, RS1, RS2, RS3. The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be black . 0808050 SP Rack, Extinguisher(s), Vertical, Specify Size VERTICAL STORAGE RACK FOR EXTINGUISHERS A vertical storage rack will be provided B1 left side of tray so extinguishers release inboard to hold three (3) spare extinguishers. The rack will be built to hold the extinguishers 1 wide by 3 long. The rack will be constructed of .12 inch aluminum. The storage slots will have an open top and one open side with a Velcro © strap and footman loops. A rubber bumper will be provided at the bottom of each slot to absorb the shock of the extinguishers being placed into position. A scuff tape material will be applied to the inside of the slots to reduce scratching the extinguishers. Protection will be provided on the edge of the rack to prevent damage while loading. The inside dimension of each extinguishers slot will be 23" long x 16" high x 7.75" wide divided into (3) cubbies measuring 7.75"x7.75" each. SEE PHOTO. 0898855 SP Reinforcement, Compt. Wall, .19" Aluminum, Inside Compt COMPARTMENT WALL REINFORCEMENT There will be a total of two (2) compartment walls located RS2 and LS3 reinforced with .19" aluminum. The reinforcement will be located on the compartment wall(s) inside of the compartment and be finished to match the compartment interior. The reinforcement will provide additional material thickness and rigidity for mounting of equipment on each specific compartment wall. 0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of Body RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. 0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless, w/Removable Liner BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown. BODY FENDER LINER A painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0804291 SP Hose, Hard Suction, 4", 10', Clear, Kochek, Storz Fldg Long Handle HARD SUCTION HOSE Two (2) lengths of 4.00" Kochek Fire Grade clear corrugated hard suction hose, reinforced with a black spiral helix, 10' in length, will be provided. The hose will be equipped with Storz folding long handles on the each end. Couplings will be black anodized hard coated aluminum. 43933Bid #: 0808230 SP Compt, HSH (1), Top of Body Compt, Shelf, Storage Below HARD SUCTION HOSE COMPARTMENT WITH SHELF A total of two (2) enclosed hard suction hose compartment(s) will be provided one (1) on the left side and one (1) on the right side above the body compartment(s) and capable of storing one (1) hard suction hose per compartment. The compartment(s) will run the full length of the body. One (1) stainless steel trough will be provided inside the compartment(s). The trough will be installed on a shelf as high as practically possible to allow for storage below the shelf. The compartment(s) will be fabricated of the same material as the body with the exterior painted, and aluminum treadplate surface on top of the compartment.. One (1) painted aluminum door with a Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch hinged along the outboard edge, will be provided at the rear of each compartment. 0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per Print HANDRAILS The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing. 0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard HANDRAILS One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 0004146 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Full Width HANDRAIL One (1) full width horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus. 0004150 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL One (1) handrail will be mounted TBD. 0636301 Compt, Extinguisher (2) Fender Panel, Triangular Door EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular) A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided right side forward of axle. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a Southco locking raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender Panel AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple) A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0654143 Compt, Air Bottle, Single,Tri Door (DEF/Fuel), Fender Panel AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single) A quantity of one air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door will cover the air bottle opening, the DEF tank access, and fuel fill. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. 44933Bid #: 0785451 Compt, Extinguisher Fender Panel, 9.00" Square,Common Fuel Fill Triangular Door EXTINGUISHER STORAGE There will be one (1) extinguisher compartment(s) provided on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. The extinguisher compartment(s) will be in the form of a 9.00" square tube and of adequate depth to accommodate different size extinguishers. A triangular shaped painted stainless steel door with a Southco locking raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the extinguisher and fuel fill. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners, and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided. There will also be a drain hole for each compartment. 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2- Section EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. 0730790 SP Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS, Ext'd Rr, Encl'd Complete, RPH, Vinyl, Spcl Mnt LADDER STORAGE The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments. The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges. The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed with vinyl. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body. Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides. The ladders will be mounted TBD. A bright aluminum treadplate enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments. The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged aluminum treadplate door with a locking D- handle latch with key Model 751 to access the ladders. 0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0733796 Trough, Folding Ladder, Ladder Storage Btwn Tank & S.Sht FOLDING LADDER STORAGE There will be storage designated right side for folding ladders stored between the side sheet in a stainless steel trough in the ladder storage compartment. 0725371 Compt w/Door, Backboard, Over Pump BACKBOARD STORAGE A transverse area over the pump and rearward of the cargo area will hold one (1) storage trough. A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length. The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate door(s) with a Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch. The door(s) will be hinged along the rearward edge. The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 72.00" long x 16.00" wide x 2.00" high. 0557255 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End, RH-6 6' PIKE POLE One (1) pike pole, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH6, 6' long roof hook, with a steel handle and pry end will be provided and located long tool storage LS. 0074337 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Fiberglass, Featherlight, YPD-6 PIKE POLE, 6' One (1) pike pole 6' long with a Nupla Featherlight fiberglass handle will be provided and located ladder storage compartment. 0602877 Pike Pole, Pumper, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Nupla 8' pike pole. 0760175 Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, Btwn Tank & S.Sht Ladder Storage PIKE POLE STORAGE There will be storage designated right side for One (1) pike pole 8' or longer pike poles stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0808072 SP Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Roof Vent Hook RH-6DA, w/D Handle Turn 90 Degrees 6' PIKE POLE one (1) 6' long RH-6DA Nupla ventilation hook(s) with an aluminum D-grip handle will be provided and located ladder storage compartment. The D-grip handle will be turned 90 degrees so that it is parallel with the base of the roof hook. 45933Bid #: 0760247 Tube, Pike Pole 6', Btwn Tank & S.Sht Ladder Storage PIKE POLE STORAGE There will be storage designated right side for One (1) pike pole with a 1.38" notch, to accommodate a New York style pike pole stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0081834 Trough for D-Handled Trash Hook, Qty TRASH HOOK STORAGE There will be one (1) stainless steel U-shaped trough(s) provided for storage of D-handle style trash hook(s). The trough(s) will be installed right side hard suction storage. 0012885 Step, Folding, Front of Body, Left Side Only, Eberhard STEP An Eberhard step will be provided on the left side front of body. The step will be a bright finished folding type. 0004382 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, Eberhard REAR FOLDING STEPS Chrome Eberhard folding steps will be provided at the rear. All steps will provide adequate surface for stepping. 0531223 SP I Zone Bracket, Pair I-ZONE BRACKETS Two (2) I-Zone brackets will be provided and mounted at the rear of the apparatus, (1) each side inboard of LS1/RS1 compartments so hose does not cover tail lights. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning) and not interfere with any of the rear facing lights when carrying hose. A removable pipe will be provided that will slide into the permanently mounted base. 0807807 SP I Zone Bracket, Single, Folding Post Style, 30 Degrees, S/S I ZONE BRACKET(S) one (1) fold-down I Zone post bracket(s) will be provided and mounted on the body of the apparatus, right side pump house with exact location determined at pre-construction. The posts will be TBD inches in length and designed to fold down to a 30 degree angle from horizontal. The post will pivot in its mounting bracket with pins to secure the post in the deployed and stowed positions. The brackets will be constructed of stainless steel. 0007545 Pump House, Side Control, 45", Control Zone PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation. The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified. Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance: The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges. The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains. All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. IDENTIFICATION TAGS The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. The trim rings for the side discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag. 46933Bid #: 0035500 Raised Pump House Structure, Side Control 0808053 SP Box(es), Nozzle Storage NOZZLE STORAGE BOX There will be two (2) storage box(es) for nozzles, The box(es) will be (1) - Storage for fog nozzle: 8.25" w x 10" H x 11" w AND (1) - Storage for monitor base: 18.25" L x 10" w x 17.25" H in size and constructed of 1/8" aluminum. The box(es) will be located TBD. 0899872 SP Compt, Long Item Storage, Over Pump, Transverse, Water Resistant, Dbl Pan Door LONG ITEM STORAGE OVER PUMP A transverse area over the pump and forward of the cargo area. This compartment will contain one (1) vertical partition, location centered in storage area to separate hose bundles from gear. A blister will be supplied at each side as needed to enclose the stored items due to their length. The stored items will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate double pan door(s) with a a pair of D-handle latches and two (2) gas struts. The door will be hinged along the forward edge. The compartment will be water tight to keep the stored equipment dry. The items to be stored will be Panduit box, Caps, adapters, Bag, Hose roll, 4 Denver 100' hose bundles, red pipes. 0045679 Raise Side Sheet Above Pump House SIDESHEETS, PUMPHOUSE The side sheet over the pump house will be raised to conceal the equipment stored in the cargo compartment or to align with the top of the body. 0014441 Pump, Hale, QMAX-150, 1500 GPM, Single Stage MIDSHIP FIRE PUMP Midship fire pump will be a Hale QMAX-150, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharges at the pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 100% of rated capacity at 165 psi net pump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Entire pump and both suction and discharge passages will be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 500 psi. Pump will be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance requirements as outlined by the current NFPA 1901 standards and will be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration. Pump body and related parts will be of fine grain, alloy cast iron with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi (2041.2 bar). All moving parts in contact with water will be of high quality bronze or stainless steel. Pump body will be horizontally split, on a single plane in two (2) sections, for easy removal of entire impeller assembly, including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump, without disturbing pump piping or the mounting of the pump in the chassis. Pump will have one (1) double suction impeller. The pump body will have two (2) opposed discharge volute cutwaters to eliminate radial unbalance. Pump impeller will be hard, fine grain bronze of the mixed flow design, accurately machined, hand-ground, and individually balanced. The vanes of the impeller intake eyes will be hand- ground and polished to a sharp edge. They will be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower. Impeller clearance rings will be bronze and easily renewable without replacing impeller or pump volute body. They will be of the wrap-around double labyrinth design for maximum efficiency. Pump shaft will be electric furnace heat-treated, corrosion resistant stainless steel. It will be super-finished under packing with galvanic corrosion (zinc separators in packing) protection for longer shaft life. Pump shaft will be sealed with double oil seal to keep road dirt and water out of drive unit. Pump shaft will be rigidly supported by three (3) bearings for minimum deflection. A high lead bronze sleeve bearing will be located immediately adjacent to the impeller (on the side opposite of the drive unit). The sleeve bearing will be automatically oil lubricated and pressure balanced to exclude foreign material. The remaining bearings will be heavy-duty, deep groove ball bearings in the gearbox and will be splash lubricated. 0014482 Seal, Mechanical, Hale MECHANICAL SEAL ON PUMP Only one (1) mechanical seal will be used on the suction (inboard) side of the pump. The mechanical seal will be 2.00" in diameter and will be spring loaded, maintenance-free, and self- adjusting. The mechanical seal construction will be a carbon sealing ring, stainless steel coil spring, Viton® rubber boot, and a tungsten carbide seat with a Teflon backup seal. 47933Bid #: 0014477 Trans, Pump, Hale, Gear PUMP TRANSMISSION The drive unit will be cast and completely manufactured and tested at the Hale Products, Inc. factory. The pump drive unit will be of sufficient size to withstand up to 16,000 foot/ pounds of torque from the engine in both the road and pump operating conditions. The drive unit is will be designed with ample lubrication reserve to maintain the proper operating temperature. The gearbox drive shafts will be of heat treated chrome nickel steel and 2.75" in diameter on both the input and output drive shafts. They will be designed to withstand the full torque of the engine in both road and pump operating conditions. All gears, both drive and pump, will be of the highest quality, electric furnace, chrome nickel steel. Bores will be ground to size and teeth integrated, crown-shaved and hardened, to give an extremely accurate gear for long life, smooth, quiet running and higher load carrying capability. An accurately cut spur design will be provided to eliminate all possible end thrust. Pierce Manufacturing will select the pump ratio to provide the maximum performance with the engine and transmission selected. Three (3) green warning lights will be provided to indicate to the operator(s) when the pump has completed the shift from Road to Pump position. Two (2) lights will be located in the truck driving compartment and one (1) light on pump operator's panel adjacent to the throttle control. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only PUMPING MODE An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. 0604324 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale AIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged and the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump". The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements. The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated. 0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single Stage Pump 0746501 Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi. The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. The relief valve pressure control will be located behind behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door . 0794959 Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump Boss, PBA300 PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Pierce Pump Boss Model PBA300 pressure governor will be provided. A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump. The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic Copies PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 48933Bid #: 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump, Control Zone PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam System FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger Pump MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. 0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S) The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0730368 Valve, Ball Intake, TFT, AX Series INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE There will be Two (2) Task Force Tips (TFT) AX Series aluminum ball intake valve(s) provided at (1) left pump panel inlet and (1) right pump panel inlet . The inlet connection will be 1SX (6.0" Rigid Storz) with a cap with a matching cap and the outlet connection will be NX (6.0" Threaded Swivel) . There will be an eight-position adjustable 30 degree swiveling detent elbow on the inlet side of the ball intake valve. The ball intake valve will be controlled with a(n) standard crank on the right side . If ball intake valve is to be controlled with a manual handwheel, the handwheel will be controlled with a NFPA compliant slow-close hand wheel. A position indicator will be provided to allow for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position. If the ball intake valve is to be electrically controlled, the ball intake valve will be controlled by a remote panel-mounted push-button switch with LED lights for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position. The push button switch will be mounted on the pump operator's panel. The ball intake valve will be equipped with a standard adjustable pressure relief valve. The relief valve will have a working range of 90 PSI to 300 PSI. A 3/4" TFT bleeder/drain valve will be provided on the ball intake valve to exhaust excess air or water from the valve. For corrosion protection the aluminum casting will have a hard coat anodized finish, with a powder coated internal and external finish. All the components facing the wet side of the valve will be constructed from stainless steel. 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle, NST, VLH MAIN PUMP INLET CAP The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. 0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl, "Control Zone" The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve INLET CONTROL The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50" LEFT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 49933Bid #: 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50" RIGHT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required 0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet 0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required on Rear Inlet 0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested 0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet, "T" Swing Handle INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0029043 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00" Plumbing TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. 0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50" TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0771257 Control, Outlets, Swing Handle, Vertical, Side Control, 45.00" Pump House DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. SWING CONTROLS There will be Four (4) discharge outlets controlled by a vertical swing style control. These controls will be located on the following discharges LEFT SIDE. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 50933Bid #: 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0050569 SP Outlet, Right Side, 1.50" w/ 2" Plumbing, w/Location Feature, (added) There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 1.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. The outlet will be located inside right side hose tray with connection at low on forward wall. 0045981 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 1.50", Additional 0005047 Outlet, 4" w/4" Right, Handwheel LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 4.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. 0005094 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg, 4.00" FNST x 4.00" Storz LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap. 0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel. There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50" REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional 0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets, Large, Additional 0004925 Outlet, Front HB, 1.50" w/2.00" Plumbing FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be Two (2) discharge outlets located at the front of the hose bed, on one (1) each side. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping with a 2.00" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The discharges will terminate with an 1.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00" Discharges/Inlets, Chain DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets. Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size. The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 51933Bid #: 0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T" Swing Handle OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0055065 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/Additional Valve at Outlet DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump so that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. A second 3.00" valve will be provided for this outlet. This additional inline valve will be located at the outlet with a swing handle control. Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA 16.7.5.3. 0095958 Deluge Outlet, Special Height/Location DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The deluge gun outlet will be located Monitor must be below top of cab when stored.. 0543608 Monitor, Akron 3433 Hi-Riser and (2) 2.5" Inlet Grd Base MONITOR An Akron Model 3433 Apollo Hi-Riser monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. A fixed mounting base and a portable base with two (2) 2.50" inlets will be provided. A position sensor will be provided on the monitor that will activate the "do not move apparatus" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. The monitor will be painted as provided by monitor manufacturer. 0766373 SP Nozzle, Akron 2499, Quad Stacked Tips, 3488 Shaper, Akron 5160 1250 GPM Nozzle NOZZLE, DELUGE Akron model #2499 Quad Stacked pyrolite deluge tips will be provided. The tip sizes will be 1.375", 1.50", 1.75", and 2.00". This will include an Akron 3488 pyrolite stream shaper. This will also include Akron 5160 1250 GPM Akromatic Manual Nozzle 0005070 Deluge Mount, NPT The deluge riser will have male National Pipe Threads for mounting the monitor. 0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required 0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No Speedlay Module 0723395 Speedlays, Not Required 0723394 Speedlays, Not Required 0025140 Not Required, 1.50" Crosslays 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay 0500535 Not Required, Hose Restraint, Crosslay 0029260 Not Required, Speedlays 0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No Spdly 52933Bid #: 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Right Side BOOSTER HOSE REEL A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus. The reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs. A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus. Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve. 0011060 Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Pump Panel Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor. An electric rewind control switch will be installed on the reel side pump panel. 0075300 Hose, Booster - 100' of 1.00"/800 PSI Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 100 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided. Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0017858 Capacity, Hose Reel 150' of 1" Capacity of the hose reel will be 150 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0099703 Nozzle, Task Force, DS 1040 HOSE REEL NOZZLE There will be One (1) Task Force, model DS 1040 nozzle(s) with bale for booster reel provided. 0515688 Gauge, Hose Reel, (Match Panel Gauges) PRESSURE GAUGE There will be a pressure gauge provided for one (1) hose reel(s). The gauge will be located left side pump panel near control. The gauge will match the discharge outlet gauges. 0095358 Foam Sys, Husky 12, Single Agent FOAM PROPORTIONER A Pierce Husky™ 12 foam proportioning system will be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically balance and proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 9.9 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. This will provide a versatile system to meet the demands at a fire scene. System Capacity The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 250 psi. 200 gpm @ 6 percent 400 gpm @ 3 percent 1200 gpm @ 1 percent The foam concentrate setting may be adjusted in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 9.9 percent. Typical settings are .3 percent, .5 percent and 1.0 percent (The maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control System The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, direct which foam to use on a multi-tank system, and to set the operation modes (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush). The percent of injection will have presets for Class A or Class B foam. These presets can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. In order to minimize the use of abbreviations and interpretations, system information will be displayed on the panel by way of .50 tall LEDs that total 14 characters (two (2) lines of seven (7) each). System on and foam pump on indicator lights will also be included. Information displayed will include mode of operation (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush), foam supply selected (Class A or Class B), water total, foam total, foam percentage, remaining gallons, and time remaining. The control display will direct a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Low Level Foam Tank The control head will display a warning message when the foam tank in use is below a quarter tank. Hydraulic Drive System The foam concentrate pump will be powered by a hydraulic drive system, which is automatically activated, whenever the vehicle water pump is engaged. A large parasitic electric load used to power the foam pump can cause an overload of the chassis electrical system. Hydraulic oil cooler will be provided to automatically prevent overheating of the hydraulic oil, which is detrimental to system components. The oil/water cooler will be designed to allow continuous system operation without allowing hydraulic oil temperature to exceed the oil specifications. The hydraulic oil reservoir will be of four (4) gallons minimum capacity and will also be of sufficient size to minimize foaming and be located to facilitate checking oil level or adding oil without spillage or the need to remove access panels. Foam Concentrate Pump 53933Bid #: The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic motor. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction. A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 12 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on- board foam tank is empty. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow use with training foam or colored water for training purposes. Panel Mounted Strainer / External Pick-Up Connection A bronze body strainer / connector unit will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 1.00" male connection with chrome-plated cap integrated to a 2.00" strainer cleanout cap. A check valve will be installed in the pick-up portion of the cleanout cap. A basket style stainless steel screen will be installed in the body of the strainer / connector unit. Removal of the 2.00" cleanout cap will be all that is required to gain access to and remove the stainless steel basket screen. The strainer / connector unit will be ahead of the foam concentrate pump inlet port to insure that all agents reaching the foam pump has been strained. Pick-Up Hose A 1.00" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 1.00" female swivel NST thread swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system will be plumbed to five (5) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be Front, Right side hose tray, left rear hosebed pre-connect, right rear hosebed pre- connect, Hose reel. System Electrical Load The foam proportioning will not impose an electrical load on the vehicle electrical system any greater than five (5) amps at 12VDC. Foam Supply Valve An electric valve will be used for the foam supply valve. The foam supply valve will be controlled at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The supply valve will be electric, remote controlled, to eliminate air pockets in the foam tank supply hose. Maintenance Message A message will be displayed on the control head to advise when system maintenance needs to be performed. The message will display interval for cleaning the foam strainer, cleaning for the water strainers, and changing the hydraulic oil. Flush System The system will be designed such that a flush mode will be provided to allow the system to flush all foam concentrate with clear water. The flush circuit control logic will ensure the foam tank supply valve is closed prior to opening the flush valve. The flush valve will be operated at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The valve will be electrically controlled and located as close to the foam tank supply valve as possible. A manual flush drain valve will be labeled and located under the left side running board. 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 0552481 Refill, Foam Tank, Single Tank, Husky 12, Class A Foam SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the Class A foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller stating TANK FILL. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display FILL TANK. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will display TANK FULL. 0031894 Demonstration, Foam System, At Pierce FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING The fire department will order one (1) vehicle with this foam system. A demonstration will be provided at the apparatus manufacturers facility on the operation of the foam system. This demonstration will include: A review of the foam system manual emphasizing key areas A walk around review of the system components on the finished truck A hands-on foam system start-up and foam discharge session Instructions on the use of the manual overrides The proper way to shut down and flush the foam system. 0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce Water FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. 54933Bid #: 0505016 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 12 Foam System FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain 0746444 Approval Dwg, Color And Label Tags Only COLOR CODED TAGS A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents. SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark- ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents. 0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control Zone PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation. 0005525 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control Brushed Stainless PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0723265 Panel, Pump Access - RightSide Lift- up, Top Horz Hinged, Side Control PUMP PANEL ACCESS Right Side Panel The right side upper pump panel will have a horizontal hinge at the top. Gas shocks will be provided to hold the panel in the open position. The panel will be made as large as possible without removing any elbows or fittings off inlets or discharges while meeting NFPA 1901 chapter 15.6 standards. Panel Fastener The right side upper hinged panel will be secured with black flush lift and turn. All remaining left side and right side panels will be secured with screws. FRONT OF PUMPHOUSE On the front of the pump house structure, provisions will be provided for access to the pump. 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. Also provided at the pump panel will be the following: - Master Pump Drain Control 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press Controller 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 55933Bid #: 0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode. 0081262 Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main Inlet Clear RIGHT SIDE DRAINS The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0066121 Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main Inlet Clear DRAINS, LEFT SIDE The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0 -600psi VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©. The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"- 0-400psi PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled. They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 0604123 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300- A00, TankVision Pro, w/Remote Light Driver WATER LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300-A00 water tank indicator gauge will be installed on the pump operators panel. The gauge kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The gauge will show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The gauge case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label. The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank and down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The gauge will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. REMOTE LIGHT DRIVER A Fire Research TankVision model WLA290-A00 remote light driver will be installed. The driver will provide four (4) separate outputs to control additional water level lights around the apparatus. The lights will show 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full tank. When power is applied the driver will run a test and cycle each remote light on and off. When the tank is less than 1/4 full the 1/4 tank light will blink. 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote Display ADDITIONAL WATER LEVEL GAUGE There will be two (2) additional Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280-A00 water tank remote indicators provided and installed (1) each side of cab rear of crew cab door. The indicators will show the volume of water in the tank on Ninety six (96) easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens. The remote indicator will indicate the level as a single color in Red for 25% or less, Amber color for up to 50% volume, Blue color for up to 75% volume and Green color for up to 100% volume. When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down-chasing motion and then flash three times. The flash rate will be determined by the main water tank sensor. It will have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and night time viewing. The LEDs can also be programmed for different colors. This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 56933Bid #: 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A" CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operators panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label. The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty. The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. 0593161 Light Shield, S/S LED LIGHT SHIELD There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operator's panel. There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round, eTone, In Bumper AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606834 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos #2 & #6) Air Horn Location The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select Air Horn Control The air horn(s) will be activated by the following: 0757080 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS Right side foot switch 0757081 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS Left side foot switch 0783817 SP Switch, Air Horns, Push Button, Location ADDITIONAL AIR HORN CONTROL An air horn control switch button will be provided Left side rear body above taillight assembly. 0784088 Programming, Air Horn to Default With E-Master AIR HORN CONTROL with the EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH ACTIVATION The air horns will be programmed to be the default horn from the horn ring in the steering wheel when the emergency master switch is on. 0652931 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp, Ign ELECTRONIC SIREN There will be a Whelen, Model 295HFS2, electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that ignition switch is on. 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side center switch panel. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided. 0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100 watt SPEAKER There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. 57933Bid #: 0601555 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7) The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus. The Q2B will be chrome finish. The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on. The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery. 0665593 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In Bumper, Special Recessing Depth, EF Grille The mechanical siren will be recessed behind the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be supported by the bumper framework. The Federal, Model MSFMT-EF, grille will be used on the front bumper in place of the standard Q2B mechanical siren grille. 0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren will be activated by the following: 0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS Right side foot switch. 0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch. 0897453 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, RS Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux A momentary switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake. There will be a red outline decal around the switch. 0897454 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, LS Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake. There will be a red outline decal around the switch. 0734625 Control, Warning Lt Intensity, Wln, Photocell, Prk Brk SWITCH FOR WARNING LIGHTS INTENSITY When parking brake is set, and a Whelen®, Model LCPHOTO photocell installed on the interior forward cab dash as near to the windshield as practical, is activated due to diminished ambient light, the designated Whelen® warning lights on the cab and the warning lights on the body will transition to a low power intensity. In order for the activation of low power mode of the warning lights, the dash mounted Whelen® photocell must sense diminished ambient light (approx. 50 LUX), the battery switch, the ignition switch, the emergency master switch, must be on, and the parking brake set. The low power intensity mode will be reset when any of the above conditions are not met. 58933Bid #: 0808051 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRRROptRRRWRRRR, Lw Int FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position. One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position. One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position. One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position. There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar. The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar: a switch to control the flashing LED modules. the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller. The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. The ten (10) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. The light(s) will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side Zone Upper 0805715 SP Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS M6RS M6**, Inside Stdy, 4lts Q Bez, Lw Int FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen®, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps per the following. One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the left side outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs. One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the left side inside position. The light will include red LEDs. One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the right side inside position. The light will include red LEDs. One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the right side outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs. The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. 0740512 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6lts, Lw Int SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING LOW INTENSITY There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following: Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs. Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs. Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs . The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. Any flashing white lights will be disabled when the parking brake is set. 59933Bid #: 0895683 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln T0*00F*R LED, 2" Round INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen® Model T0*00F*R, 2.00" round deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim. One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side cab door One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side cab door. One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side crew cab door. One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side crew cab door. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs. Each light will be located in the door pan as low and far to the outside as practical.. Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and no other controls are on. 0895609 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All Cabs, Butt Splice ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS The lights will be installed with an insulated crimped factory butt splice connection. 0746425 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For Tail Lt Housing, Lw Int REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red The passenger's side rear light to be red The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. The light(s) will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0894047 SP Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6*C Sides 2lts High, M6*C Rear 4lts, 6lts Lw Int WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones) There will be six (6) Whelen® Model M6*C flashing LED warning lights with clear lenses and chrome trim provided at the rear of the apparatus per the following: One (1) Model M6*C light installed on the left side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the rear as practical. The side upper rear light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs. This light will remain in high intensity when active. One (1) Model M6*C light installed on the left side, rear of the apparatus as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear upper light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs. One (1) Model M6*C light installed on the left side, rear of the apparatus below the upper light, as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear lower light on the left side to include red LEDs. One (1) Model M6*C light installed on the right side, rear of the apparatus below the upper light, as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear lower light on the right side to include red LEDs. One (1) Model M6*C light installed on the right side, rear of the apparatus as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear upper light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs. One (1) Model M6*C light installed on the right side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the rear as practical. The side upper rear light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs. This light will remain in high intensity when active. The warning light lenses to be clear. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel will control the lights. Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 0537807 Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Side Sheets & On Rear Bulkheads REAR LIGHT MOUNTING The rear warning lights will be mounted on the rear side sheet flange and rear bulkhead of the body as high as possible with all wiring totally enclosed. 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation. The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on. The auxiliary flash not activated. 0551728 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Recessed with S/S Trim This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller, Overhead Switch Panel DS Right End The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position. 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 60933Bid #: 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. 0602516 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department. 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm. One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). One (1) first aid kit. Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. Two (2) hydrant wrenches. One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. 0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose SOFT SUCTION HOSE There will be no soft suction hose provided. 0602390 Strainer, Provided by Fire Department, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification STRAINER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2.1.1 requires a suction strainer when suction hose is provided. The strainer is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the suction strainer. 0769242 SP Extinguisher, Amerex Model 330, 10lb CO2 - One (1) extinguisher, 10lb, CO2, Amerex Model 330 0808065 SP Extinguisher, Amerex Model A411, 20lb ABC - One (1) extinguisher, 20lb, ABC, Amerex Model A411 0808067 SP Extinguisher, Amerex Model 240, 2.5 Gal Water - One (1) extinguisher, 2.5 gallons, water, Amerex Model 240 0602538 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire Department DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. 61933Bid #: 0602360 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided by Fire Dept WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. 0688224 SP Axe, Flathead w/Wood Handle FLATHEAD AXE There will be one (1) axe provided. The axe will be a flathead axe with a wood handle and blade shield. 0786791 SP Axes, (2) Pickhead, Fire Hooks Unlimited, WAP-6 w/ Hickory Wood Handle PICKHEAD AXES There will be two (2) axes provided. Each axe will be a Fire Hooks Unlimited Model WAP-6 with hickory wood handle. 0741569 Paint Process / Environmental Requirements, Appleton PAINT PROCESS The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer. After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request. Environmental Impact Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor. Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal. Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations. 62933Bid #: 0709567 Paint, Single Color, Enforcer CAB PAINT The cab will be painted Match MMF: Seagrave OEM color code 701426. 0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. 0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat, Standard PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss black paint before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: Two (2) C-channel frame rails Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are: Cross members Axles Suspensions Steering gear Battery boxes Bumper extension weldment Frame extensions Body mounting angles Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) Pump house substructure Air tanks Steel fuel tank Castings Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear Wheels 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs AXLE HUB PAINT All axle hubs will be painted black #101. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. 0544087 Reflective Band, 6" REFLECTIVE BAND A 6.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Pumper REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. 0807981 SP Stripe, w/Scrolls, Gold Reflective, Cab Face, STRIPE ON HOOD A gold reflective stripe with scrolls will be provided on the cab face of the vehicle. 0552453 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron, Cab and Crew Cab Doors Interior, Diamond Grade INVERTED "V" CHEVRON STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. The striping will consist of the following colors: The first color will be red diamond grade The second color will be fluorescent yellow diamond grade The size of the striping will be 6.00". 63933Bid #: 0679795 Stripe, Reflective, Side of Cab, Up CAB STRIPE There will be a reflective stripe located just below the window line on each side of the cab. 0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective 0686160 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", (21-40) LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. 0685985 Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided. 0685992 Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", (1-20) LETTERING One (1) to twenty (20) reflective lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. 0685993 Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 10.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. 0686002 Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 8.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided. 0037227 Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut Into Reflective Band REFLECTIVE LETTERING 21 letters, 4.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be "PARAMEDIC" on each crew cab door and "SSF" on right front cab. 0680889 SP Sign Kit, Polished S/S Holder with Painted Number Plate NUMBER PLATE SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS three (3) plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering. They will be mounted One centered on front bumper and (1) each above left and right pump panels and Front 12" Wide x 8" H, Each side of body 16.5" W x 10.25 H in size. The plates shaall be painted and the holders will be polished stainless steel 0684185 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Reflective, 12"-14", Pair MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION There will be one (1) pair of Maltese crosses, comprised of reflective material, provided and installed Cab door each side centered in "South San Francisco" Lettering. 0755303 Artwork File, Provided on Custom USB Drive ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department. Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive. 0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB Flash Drive, Custom FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided. The manual(s) will contain the following: Job number Part numbers with full descriptions Table of contents Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order Instructions on how to locate parts Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. Service Parts Internet Site The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. 64933Bid #: 0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash Drive, Custom CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: Job number Table of contents Troubleshooting Front Axle/Suspension Brakes Engine Tires Wheels Cab Electrical, DC Air Systems Plumbing Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. 0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross TAS, 1 Year WA0202 STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0595766 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Includes Crossmembers, Custom Chassis, WA0038 FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal. 0610471 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5 Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor FRONT AXLE WARRANTY A Eaton five (5)-year/100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided. 0610485 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5 Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor REAR AXLE WARRANTY A Eaton five (5)-year/100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro- Rate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System, WA0188 CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights, WA0203 COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal. 65933Bid #: 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10 Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185 ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0892410 Warranty, Pump, Hale, 5 Year Parts, 2 Year Labor, WA0388 PUMP WARRANTY A Hale pump limited warranty certificate, WA0388, is included with this proposal. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. 0657846 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 12, WA0231 FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY The Husky 12 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro- Rate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0168 ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal. 0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CD0156 VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 0808564 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf, Cummins X15, 2027 ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 66933Bid #: 0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0189 CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks. European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. Side Impact The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420) Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. Additional Roof Crush The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29) The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid. 0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137 CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0132 WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0133 ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. 0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0134 SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 67933Bid #: 0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System Performance, SFR/Enf, CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS Cab Air Conditioning Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. Cab Defroster Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. Cab Auxiliary Heater Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. A written load analysis, which will include the following: The nameplate rating of the alternator. The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION 0020012 HALE PUMP 0020009 POLY TANK 0028048 FOAM SYSTEM 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 0020007 AKRON VALVES 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 0658751 PUMPER BASE 68933Bid #: Option Description Type*Minimum Load Intermittent Load Total Connected 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 0.00 6.00 0.00 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Right Side 0.00 36.00 0.00 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 0.00 0.01 0.00 0079166 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0095358 Foam Sys, Husky 12, Single Agent 0.00 5.00 0.00 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 0.80 0.00 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 0.00 0.00 30.00 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd 0.00 0.00 30.00 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0563293 Handlight, Streamlight, Survivor, 90519, LED, 12v, Yellow, 12v Charger 0.00 2.00 0.00 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White 0.00 0.36 0.00 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim 0.00 0.30 0.00 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote Display 0.00 0.00 0.00 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A" 0.00 0.00 1.23 0605452 Microphone Clip Kit, Magnetic 0.00 0.00 0.00 0610968 Wiring, Spare, 2.0 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1016 1st 0.00 0.00 7.50 0628991 Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC, 12 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st 0.00 0.00 30.00 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 26.00 0.00 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 180.00 0.00 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 0.00 0.08 0.00 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0709257 Lights, PIAA RF6, 26-07106 White LED, pair, Below Bumper 0.00 1.26 0.00 0755515 Camera, Pierce, Drivers Mux Display, R, RS Cameras 0.00 1.20 0.00 0759929 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2ibC, 3805 0.00 0.00 0.50 0763608 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 0.00 0.00 12.00 0763610 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 12.00 0766906 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 12.00 0768062 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 0.00 0.00 6.00 0768064 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 6.00 0772846 Key Storage, Knox-Box, KeySecure 5, KSM-200K2, WiFi, Cab Surface Mt 0.00 0.00 0.00 0773607 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Vulcan 180 44305 Yellow, 12v Charg Base 0.00 0.50 0.00 0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd 0.00 0.00 13.00 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 13.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st 0.00 0.00 13.00 0786767 Lights, Side Scene, TecNiq, E960 LED, Stainless, Control 1st 0.00 0.00 1.20 0803875 Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0893590 Spotlight, Golight Stryker, Model 30**4ST, LED, 2 Lts 0.00 0.00 7.96 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00 0895683 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln T0*00F*R LED, 2" Round 0.00 0.60 0.00 0722038 HVAC, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0053651 LS 140" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0053703 RS 140" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 1.10 0.00 1.10 0083700 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 4/20/2023 Bid #:933 South SF Enforcer Pumper Sales Rep: Organization: Klockzien, Dave Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Desc: Job #: Customer:City of South San Francisco Option:Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT Type:Multiplexed Option Description Type*Minimum Load Intermittent Load Total Connected 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0593161 Light Shield, S/S LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0604123 Gauge, Water Level, FRC, WLA 300-A00, TankVision Pro, w/Remote Light Driver NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0604324 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00 0647632 Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 3.00 3.00 0.00 0647929 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036YLED,AXT/EnfMUX/DCF NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00 0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00 0652931 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp, Ign NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0662965 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0733391 Drug Locker, Knox, MedVault 2.5 Mini, 5230S3*, Surface Mounted NFPA 1.50 1.50 0.00 0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0740512 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6lts, Lw Int NFPA 5.52 8.28 0.00 0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0746425 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For Tail Lt Housing, Lw Int NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0765040 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 28 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf NFPA 0.28 0.28 0.00 0765044 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 28 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf NFPA 0.28 0.28 0.00 0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00 0769420 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00 0769572 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts NFPA 0.58 0.00 0.00 0770056 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step NFPA 0.60 0.00 0.00 0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA 0.60 1.20 0.00 0794959 Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump Boss, PBA300 NFPA 1.80 0.00 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00 0805715 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS M6RS M6**, Inside Stdy, 4lts Q Bez, Lw Int NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0808051 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRRROptRRRWRRRR, Lw Int NFPA 6.48 2.68 12.40 0808497 Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00 0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892649 CZ Connect Telematics NFPA 1.61 0.00 0.00 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0894047 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6*C Sides 2lts High, M6*C Rear 4lts, 6lts Lw Int NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0898696 Compt, Transverse Crew Cab, Dbl Pan, 70" SFR/Enf NFPA 0.65 0.65 0.00 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals:89.15 445.20 316.29 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 4/20/2023 Bid #:933 South SF Enforcer Pumper Sales Rep: Organization: Klockzien, Dave Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Desc: Job #: Customer:City of South San Francisco Option:Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT Type:Multiplexed Minimum Continuous Load Supply:253.00 Demand:89.15 Variance:163.85 Total Connected Load Supply:369.00 Demand:305.44 Variance:63.56 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 253.00 369.00Alternator Output at Idle:Alternator Output at Governed Speed: * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 4/20/2023 Bid #:933 South SF Enforcer Pumper Sales Rep: Organization: Klockzien, Dave Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Desc: Job #: Customer:City of South San Francisco Option:Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT Type:Multiplexed Turning Performance Analysis Bid Number:933 Chassis:Enforcer Chassis Department:City of South San Francisco Body:Pumper, Short, Aluminum, 2nd Gen Parameters: *Inside Cramp Angle:50° Axle Track:85.86 in. Wheel Offset:3.12 in. Tread Width:12.4 in. Chassis Overhang:65.95 in. Additional Bumper Depth:16 in. Front Overhang:81.95 in. Wheelbase:172.5 in. Calculated Turning Radii: Inside Turn:11 ft. 3 in. Curb to curb:24 ft. 9 in. Wall to wall:29 ft. 2 in. Notes: *Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown. Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 04/20/2023 Category Option Description Axle, Front, Custom 0637911 Axle, Front, Dana, D-2000F, 20,000 lb Saber FR/Enforcer Bumpers 0624298 Bumper, 16" Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer Wheels, Front 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply Definitions: Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire. Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle. Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin. Tread Width Width of the tire tread. Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth. Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang. Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles. Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn. Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches. Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices. JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP PRODUCT WARRANTIES Exhibit “C” 4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. No specific exclusions apply Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period Ends After: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks Coverage Products Warranted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1,2007,that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck*applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result,under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure).This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers),whichever occurs first,after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL)and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Cummins Responsibilities Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil,antifreeze, filter elements,belts,hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location.In lieu of the towing expense,Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle,including meals,mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner Responsibilities Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals.Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor,authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility.Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure,Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze,filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals,lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S.Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd,4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty.The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. Limitations Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company.Such non-warranted accessories include,but are not limited to:alternators,starters,fans,air conditioning compressors,clutches,filters, transmissions,torque converters,vacuum pumps, power steering pumps,fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty,whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first.Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered,Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty,whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts,Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts.Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc.reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM)data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES.CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Emission Warranty Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States**in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway.This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1,1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S.federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods:(A)Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)of operation, whichever occurs first,as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B)The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California,a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Limitations Failures,other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship,are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs, ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 ©2001 Cummins Inc. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. *Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases,rescue and other emergency-type situations. **United States includes American Samoa,the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands,Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S.Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus,IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161PrintedinU.S.A.Rev.08/092001CumminsInc. TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS 800 HEATH STREET LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 47904 PRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WARRANTYARRANTYARRANTYARRANTYARRANTY I. WARRANTY: The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “CSS”, warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer, when properly installed, used and maintained, shall be free from defect in material and workmanship for the period specified below: (A) CSS Product installed in New On-highway Motor Vehicle: Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser, or before such vehicle has been driven one hundred thousand (100,000) miles, whichever event shall first occur. (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural, Turf, Industrial, or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment: Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand (2000) hours or fifty thousand (50,000) miles, whichever occurs first. (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product, Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications (A) or (B) Above and All Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications: Within six (6) months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer’s end product to the original retail purchaser. II. REMEDY: Customer’s sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair, replacement or issuance of credit, at the option of CSS, of any product which is: (A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period, with prior notice to, and the written consent of, CSS, with transportation and handling charges prepaid, together with a statement describing the alleged defect, the part number, model number and application, and mileage or hours of use of such product; and (B) Upon examination, determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty. III.Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer’s expense. IV.CSS will not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS. V. EXCEPTIONS: The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not designed, or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services, so as, in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events, the CSS warranty will expire thirty (30) months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equipment, operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty. VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair, replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product, as set forth and described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding, CSS shall not be liable to Customer, or any successor in interest, beneficiary or assignee of Customer, based upon any claim against CSS, whether in contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, indemnity or otherwise, for any special, consequential, incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design, manufacture, sale, installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS. VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EX- PRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS Revised November 2001 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Chassis Frame & Crossmembers Fifty (50) Years (Expected Life of Apparatus) Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 New for 2011! Dana Holding Corporation is pleased to announce a change in our standard warranty for fire/rescue vehicles. All steer and drive axles will now come with a 5 year / 100,000 mile warranty. For further information, please go to www.roadranger.com. Dana Holding Corporation is working with chassis manufactures to supply a 24K front steer beam with a 5 ¼’ drop. We have listened to your requests for a slightly higher GAWR for single axle aerials. Not all fire stations can accommodate a long wheel base application. This allows manufactures to meet the limited length requirements for smaller fire houses. Please submit your requests through our website. Please indicate on the application your need for 24K GAWR. Finally, our drive axles will accommodate simultaneous auxiliary braking. Dana axles are built tough and were design with Telma retarders in mind. Submit your application for single or tandem designation. Dana Holding Corporation will work with you to provide the best drive train solution with the best warranty in the fire/rescue industry. For additional information please contact: Alan Manzon Account Manager – Specialty Markets Dana Holding Corporation One Village Center Dr. Van Buren Twp., MI 48111-5711 Phone: (734)629-1141 Cell: (269)312-3220 Alan.manzon@dana.com Grace Lake Corporate Center 1 Village Center Drive Van Buren Township, Michigan 48111 www.dana.com )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV Coverage: 7KUHH <HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS 0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description /,0,7(':$55$17< (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Three (3) YearWarranty Period Ends After: The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 (;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. %8<(5 6(;&/86,9(5(0('< Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.2/25/2013 WA0232 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. ',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6 capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. WARRANTY Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction. • General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile. • Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries. MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example) Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES ¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve. • Aerial Ladder Truck • Aerial Platform • Ambulance • Auto Hauler • Beverage Truck • Bulk Hauler • Chip Hauler (Truck) • Cross Country Coach • Doubles • Flatbed • Front Engine Commercial Chassis • Front Engine Integral Coach • General Freight • Grain Hauler • Intercity Coach • Intermodal Chassis • Livestock Hauler • Meat Packer • Moving Van • Municipal Truck • Pipe Hauler • Platform Auto Hauler • Pumper • Rear Engine Integral Coach • Recreational Vehicles • Refrigerated Freight • School Bus • Stake Truck • Tanker • Tanker Truck • Triples • Tour Bus • Wrecker LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS • High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile WABCO Components1 Air Management Air Brake Valves 1/100/P<railer Lift Axle Control Valve Trailer Control Line Filter3 Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L Air Dryers (ALL)3/300/P&L Aerodynamics OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P Braking Systems ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic Electronic Braking System (EBS) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Roll Stability Control (RSS) Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3 Driveline Suspension Control Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Leveling Valves 1/100/P&LOptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (ECAS)3/300/P&L WABCO Components1 (cont.) Safety OnGuardACTIVE® 3/300/P&L OnLane® OnLaneALERT® OnSide® Trailer SafeStart™ Trailer TailGUARD™ Telematics TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L Wheel End Solutions EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P IVTM - All Other Products 2/P Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and 1/Unl/L Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L 1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve. WABCO Components1 Air Management Air Brake Valves 1/100/P&LAir Compressors (ALL)2 Air Dryers (ALL) Trailer Control Line Filter3 Braking Systems ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L Electronic Braking System (EBS) 3/300/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Trailer ABS Valve3 Roll Stability Control (RSS) Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) Driveline Suspension Control OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (ECAS)2/200/P&L Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L Safety OnGuardACTIVE® 3/300/P&L OnLane® OnLaneALERT® OnSide® Trailer SafeStart™ Trailer TailGUARD™ Telematics TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L Wheel End Solutions EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P IVTM - All Other Products 2/P Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L Trailer MAXX22T™1/Unl/P&L TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick-Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Newspaper Delivery • Package Delivery • Pick-up and Delivery • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick-Up/Waste • Rigging Truck • Roll-Off • Scrap Truck • Semi-End Dump • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow/Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR • Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • Low mileage operation 3 • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use ¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components. INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION WABCO Components1 Air Management Air Brake Valves 2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2 Air Dryers (ALL) Brake Actuation Air/Hydraulic Actuators 2/Unl/P Master Cylinders Remote Actuators Slave and Wheel Cylinders Two Fluid Actuators Brake Locks Brake Locks (ALL) 2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks Lever Locks Braking Systems ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&LABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic Driveline Suspension Control Clutch Controls 1/100/P&LLeveling Valves Electrohydraulics & Controls Electronic Pedals 2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) Pressure Switches Hydraulic Braking Solutions Accumulator Charging Valves 2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches Modulating Brake Valves Wheel End Solutions EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P IVTM - All Other Products 2/P Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P Market Common Application Types Agriculture Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart Airport Support Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks, Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment, Runway Clearing Equipment Construction All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane, Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck, Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders, Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts, Trenchers, Drills Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers Material Handling Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms Mining Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck, Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps, Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers Municipal Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks, Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat Bed Trucks, Winch Applications Oil & Gas Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives, Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On / Load-Off Rail Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment, Winch Applications ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC), ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®, ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY “ELECTRONICS” Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge (ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.) HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367. COVERAGE LIMITATIONS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ALL PRODUCTS Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P. For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply. TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product warranty. TERMS AND CONDITIONS COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ALL PRODUCTS This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken, chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors, harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction of the component due to internal contamination of the vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections). AIR DRYERS Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire. Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3)What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4)What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5)To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6)Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (7)Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient. (8)Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product . (9)Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF. About ZF Friedrichshafen AG ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate. ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com © 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84 months 50% 85-120 months 25% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% 49-72 months 25% 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command Zone Electronics Five (5) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty does not apply to related wire harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: 54 Months Material and Workmanship Camera System Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of delivery.Warranty Begins: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Pierce 12V LED Strip Light Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty does not apply to related wire harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Ten (10) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY PARTICIPATING OEM SALES DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.” OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS (Whichever occurs first) ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE MODELS Months Transmission Miles Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series, 2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge Page 1 of 2 WHAT IS NOT COVERED DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual. MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility. REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 Warranty Begins: The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per occurrence is available for the first three (3) years. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage Warranty Period Ends After: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage 1. LIMITED WARRANTY The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.2/22/2012 WA0216 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called “UPF”) warrants each POLY-TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDE® Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank/Body, ELLIPSE™ Elliptical Tank, Ellip-T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER™ Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re- sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do so can void the warranty. Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period. Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- ment of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means. For Ellipse™ elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer. For PolySide® wetsided tanks and Integrator™ Tank/Body units, all polypro- pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™WARRANTYUNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC. LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY Continued on back Effective 1 August, 2009 service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySide® and Integrator™ units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector™ foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be pre- authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modi- fications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid and covered under this warranty. In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dam- age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from a repair facility. This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EX- TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITION- ALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF.FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™WARRANTYUNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC. POLY-TANK®,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA 2 6 0 0 A M E R I C A N D R I V E • A P P L E T O N , W I 5 4 9 1 2 -2 0 1 7 • 9 2 0 -832-3 000 P I E R C E M A N U F A C T U R I N G I N C . B U L L E T I N TO: All Dealer Service Representatives From: Kevin Hanegraaf DATE: January 4, 2010 RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy – Truck in Accident Service Topic #292 To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF’s policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF’s facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void. The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be: - Filled with water - Visually inspected - Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect. This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck. Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF’s tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF’s service Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253) Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Effective March 15, 2010 AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION Warranty: All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives. In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause. Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation: Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour Balancer replacement: 1 hour Door ajar switch 3/4 hour Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour Slat replacement: 3/4 hour Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender. AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions. Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects: 1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material. 2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure. 3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color. Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following: 1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings. 2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents. 3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents. 4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source. This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates. Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com Subject to the following general and specific terms and conditions, Hale Products, Inc. (“Seller”) hereby warrants to the original Purchaser1 that Products sold under Hale and Class 1 brands will be free of defects in material and workmanship for the applicable Warranty Period. General terms and conditions applicable for all Products are set forth under the heading General Terms and Conditions below. Product specific terms and conditions, including Warranty Periods and Warranty Coverages, are set forth in the Tables following the General Terms and Conditions. General Terms and Conditions The following limitations, exclusions, procedures, and other terms and conditions shall apply for all Products: Warranty is voided if: • Product is used for an application, with products or in a manner other than the application, products, and manner for which such Product is designed and intended • Product is subjected to a use, service, condition or environment other than a use, service, condition or environment for which such Product is designed and intended • Product is not properly installed • Product is not properly tested and maintained in accordance with Seller’s product manuals and supplemental instructions and guidelines, applicable industry standards and guidelines, and applicable legal and regulatory requirements • Product is altered, modified, serviced (except routine maintenance performed in accordance with Seller’s instruction manual for Product and Industry accepted standards and guidelines), or repaired by a person other than Seller or a person authorized by Seller to make such alteration or modification or perform such service or repair • Seller is not paid the full amount of the purchase price for Product when due. No Warranty covers: • Ordinary wear and tear • Failure due to compliance with a specification or design provided or required by Purchaser • Failure due to improper operation, excess pressure, excess voltage or other similar cause • Failure due to operator error • Damage during or after shipment and failure attributable thereto or resulting there from • Failure attributable to or resulting from the failure or substandard, inadequate or improper performance of any part, component or equipment not supplied by Seller • Failure attributable to or resulting from the failure or substandard, inadequate or improper performance of any third party (e.g., not Hale or Class 1 brand) part, component, Product or equipment, whether or not combined, packaged, incorporated, installed or used with a Hale or Class 1 brand part, component, Product or equipment. Seller shall have no obligation under any Warranty unless Purchaser promptly notifies Seller of the failure giving rise to the Warranty claim, such notice is received by Seller within the applicable Warranty Period, and Seller is provided with such information, data and records (including, but not limited to, in service date, run hours, and service and repair records) as Seller may reasonably request in evaluating the Warranty claim. The notice of failure must be given in writing, identify the Product claimed to be defective (including serial number, if any), and describe in reasonable detail the circumstances surrounding the failure. Repaired Product and replacement Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the original Warranty Period. 1 The “original Purchaser” is the original purchaser from Hale Products, whether the original purchaser is a distributor, dealer or other reseller, an OEM, or an end user. Seller reserves the right to use reconditioned parts for Warranty repairs and to use reconditioned Products for Warranty replacements Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com Seller shall have the right to physically inspect Product claimed to be defective. If requested by Seller, Purchaser shall deliver the Product claimed to be defective to Seller at its manufacturing facility or to another party or location designated by Seller. In such event, Seller shall issue to Purchaser a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) for the Product to be delivered. The Product must be delivered to Seller within 30 days of issuance of the RMA. The RMA number must be included with the Product when delivered to Seller. Failure to make timely delivery to Seller of the Product claimed to be defective shall void any Warranty. Purchaser or its customer shall be responsible for all freight and shipping charges in connection with the delivery of Product claimed to be defective to Seller at its manufacturing facility or to another party or location designated by Seller. Product claimed to be defective must be shipped by Purchaser freight prepaid, and Purchaser shall bear all risk of loss or damage during shipment. Repaired and replacement Product and parts will be shipped to Purchaser freight collect, unless a determination is made prior to shipment that the warranty claim is valid, in which case Product and parts will be shipped to Purchaser freight prepaid from Supplier. Repaired or replacement Product will be shipped back to purchaser via UPS ground or IDEX approved standard freight. If Purchaser requires expedited UPS shipment, Purchaser will cover the difference between ground and service selected costs. Purchaser shall bear all risk of loss or damage for all freight collect shipments. When a warranty claim is confirmed by Hale’s Quality department, Hale will issue a credit for freight costs under the following conditions: • Product was shipped by Purchaser freight prepaid to Supplier. Purchaser to provide a copy of paid freight bill upon Hale’s request. • Repaired or replacement Product was shipped to Purchaser freight collect. If Purchaser required expedited shipment, the difference between ground and expedited service costs will be deducted from total credit. If requested to do so by Purchaser, Seller may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, supply a replacement Product or part to Purchaser prior to making a final determination as to whether Warranty Coverage is available. If Seller ultimately determines that no Warranty Coverage is available for the Product claimed to be defective, whether the determination is based on the Warranty being voided, the Product failure being due to a cause not covered by the Warranty, the failure to make a timely and proper Warranty claim, or otherwise, Purchaser or its customer will be required to purchase the replacement Product or part that has been supplied to it by Seller at the price at which Purchaser is then entitled to purchase such Product or part under the Supply Agreement. If Seller ultimately determines that no Warranty Coverage is available for a Product claimed to be defective, whether the determination is based on the Warranty being voided, the Product failure being due to a cause not covered by the Warranty, the failure to make a timely and proper Warranty claim, or otherwise, Purchaser shall have the option of either (i) having the Product returned to it freight collect, without repair or replacement, or (ii) if Seller determines that the Product is repairable, have the Product repaired by Seller or another party designated by it on a time and materials basis at Seller’s then current standard charges for non-warranty repairs and then returned to Purchaser freight collect. SELLER’S WARRANTY AS SET FORTH HEREIN IS SELLER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGMENT ALL OF WHICH OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AGAINST SELLER. EXCEPT FOR THE SPECIFIC LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com PROVIDED HEREIN, SELLER SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT CLAIMED TO BE DEFECTIVE IN ANY MANNER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST OR UNREALIZED SALES, REVENUES, PROFITS, INCOME, COST SAVINGS OR BUSINESS, LOST OR UNREALIZED CONTRACTS, LOSS OF GOODWILL, DAMAGE TO REPUTATION, LOSS OF PROPERTY, LOSS OF INFORMATION OR DATA, LOSS OF PRODUCTION, DOWNTIME, OR INCREASED COSTS, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCT, EVEN IF SELLER IS ADVISED OR PLACED ON NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY PRODUCT. Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com Hale Products, Inc. Product Specific Warranty Terms and Conditions Product* Warranty Period Coverage** Pumps Mid-Ship, Rear Mount, and Booster (Excludes all Engine Driven Units) Non-Marine Fire Service Applications Earlier of (i) 5 years from in service date of vehicle or equipment in which Product is initially installed, or (ii) 5-1/2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Labor is only covered for the first two (2) years of this warranty coverage. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. At time pump is ordered, original Purchaser may take Standard Warranty at no charge or purchase Extended Warranty for an additional charge which will be quoted by Seller at original purchaser's request at time of order. Under Standard Warranty, Seller will cover parts and labor for first 2 years of Warranty Period and parts only (no labor) for remainder of the Warranty Period. Under Extended Warranty (if purchased by original Purchaser), Seller will cover parts and labor for the full Warranty Period. When labor is covered, original Purchaser will be reimbursed at Seller's then current standard labor hours and rates for labor to make repair (if not repaired by Seller) and to remove defective Product and re-install repaired or replacement Product. Seller's approval of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If applicable, actual mileage will be reimbursed at Seller's then current mileage reimbursement rate. See the Hale Pump and Pump Accessories Labor Warranty Guide for details on issues covered and fees paid. Marine and Other Application Earlier of (i) 2 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser, or (ii) 2,000 run hours. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Engine Driven Units (Excluding Engines ***) Pump Ends Backpacks Floats If not used for rental or contracting, 2 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. Repair labor is included but any other labor (including removal and re- installation) and mileage are excluded. Original Purchaser will be reimbursed at Seller's then current standard labor hours and rates for labor to make repair (if not repaired by Seller). Seller's approval of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If not used for rental or contracting, 2 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. HP Portables If not used for rental or contracting, 3 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. See Hale Portable Pump Labor Warranty Guide for details on issues covered and fees paid If used for rental or contracting, earlier of (i) 6 months from date of shipment to original Purchaser, or (ii) 1,000 run hours. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Cross-Chassis Skids Trailer Units Earlier of (i) 12 months from date of shipment to original Purchaser, or (ii) 1,000 run hours. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com Hale Products, Inc. Product Specific Warranty Terms and Conditions Product* Warranty Period Coverage** Pump Modules Pump Body Weldments, Stainless Manifolds, and Fabricated non-painted or powder coated panels 10 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed (including cracks resulting from stress and rust through of panels) during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Pump modules are built to original Purchaser's specification or design. Although individual Hale and Class 1 brand components used for pump modules comply with NFPA standards, pump modules are not NFPA compliant. Original Purchaser is solely responsible for (i) ensuring finished pump houses are NFPA complaint and adhere to industry accepted standards and guidelines, and (ii) supplying manuals that include appropriate directions, instructions and warnings concerning pump house operation. Fabricated painted or powdered coated panels 2 years from the date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed from paint, finish, and corrosion during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Foam SmartFoam, SmartCAFS, CAFS Systems, SmartATP, and EZ Fill 3 years from the date of shipment to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Datalogger download from Product may be requested to determine cause of defect. Foam FoamLogix Systems 1 year from the date of shipment to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Pump Repair & Replacement Parts Ordered for service and repair 90 days from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Pressure Gauges 3 years from date of shipment of Product to the original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Plumbing 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Valves Akron Valve 10 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on everything except seal. No warranty on seal. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Class 1 Valve 10 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on everything except seal. No warranty on seal. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Hale Valve 10 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on everything except seal. No warranty on seal. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com Hale Products, Inc. Product Specific Warranty Terms and Conditions Product* Warranty Period Coverage** SVS Torrent Valve 10 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on everything except seal. 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser on seal. Repair or replacement of Product that Hale determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Electronics 2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Monitors Akron 5 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. SafeBuy Modules Bundles QMAX/QMAX-XS Pump Non-Marine Fire Service Applications Earlier of (i) 8 years from in service date of Safebuy QMAX/QMAX- XS bundle in the vehicle or equipment in which Product is initially installed, or (ii) 8-1/2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. This is predicated on the end user supplying Hale with their yearly service and pump testing records by the end of each calendar year. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. Under Safebuy Warranty, Seller will cover parts and labor for earlier of (i) 8 years from in service date of vehicle or equipment in which Product is initially installed, or (ii) 8-1/2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. When labor is covered, original Purchaser will be reimbursed at Seller's then current standard labor hours and service rates for labor to make repair (if not repaired by Seller) and to remove defective Product and re-install repaired or replacement Product. Seller's approval of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If applicable, actual mileage will be reimbursed at Seller's then current mileage reimbursement rate. See the Hale Pump and Gearbox Labor Warranty Guide for details on issues covered and fee paid. SAM Bundles- Pump with Loose Valves, Kits or Modules Pumps-Mid-Ship, Rear Mount, and Booster (Excludes all Engine Driven Units) Non-Marine Fire Service Applications Earlier of (i) 10 years from in service date of vehicle or equipment in which Product is initially installed, or (ii) 10-1/2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. Under SAM Warranty, Seller will cover parts and labor for earlier of (i) 10 years from in service date of vehicle or equipment in which Product is initially installed, or (ii) 10-1/2 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Hale Products 607 NW 27th Avenue Ocala, FL 34475 Haleproducts.com Hale Products, Inc. Product Specific Warranty Terms and Conditions Product* Warranty Period Coverage** SAM Bundles- Pump with Loose Valves, Kits or Modules When labor is covered, original Purchaser will be reimbursed at Seller's then current standard labor hours and service rates for labor to make repair (if not repaired by Seller) and to remove defective Product and re-install repaired or replacement Product. Seller's approval of repair estimate is required prior to performance of repair work. If applicable, actual mileage will be reimbursed at Seller's then current mileage reimbursement rate. See the Hale Labor Warranty Guides for details on issues covered and fee paid. Akron Electric Valve Actuators and Navigator Pros 5 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. Electronics 4 years from date of shipment of Product to original Purchaser. Repair or replacement of Product that Seller determines failed during Warranty Period due to a defect in material or workmanship. No labor is included. *When Products are combined to form a module or package, each Product will have its own separate Warranty Period and Warranty Coverage * * For each Product, Seller will have the option to refund to Purchaser (in cash or by credit) the purchase price Seller was paid for such Product, less depreciation determined on a straight line basis over the Warranty Period, in lieu of repair or replacement (including, when applicable, labor). The decision whether to repair, replace or refund (and, if there is a refund, whether to refund in cash or by credit) shall be made by Seller in its sole discretion. *** Seller makes no warranty with respect to engines. Any warranty with respect to engines is limited to whatever warranty may be provided by the engine manufacturer. Warranty Begins: Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. Ten (10) Years - or - 100,000 Miles Warranty Period Ends After: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping 1. LIMITED WARRANTY The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. Pierce’s obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed immediately after use. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.3/22/2012 WA0035 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. One (1) Year & Five (5) YearWarranty Period Ends After: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.1/30/2013 WA0231 THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Limited warranty 1 year parts and labor for for the foam system and 5 years parts and labor for the control head. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0057 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73-96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37-84 months 50% 85-120 months 25% Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-36 months 100% 37-48 months 50% 49-72 months 25% 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0-120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Custom Body Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period Ends After: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins: Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2010 WA0168 1. LIMITED WARRANTY THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). Conditions and Exclusions: See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: Fire and Rescue Apparatus Coverage: One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Graphics Fading and Deterioration One (1) YearWarranty Period Ends After: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins: Each graphic lamination shall be free from defects in material, workmanship, fading, and deterioration. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP DEALER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS SERVICES Exhibit “D” 5 AND/OR 1 DEALER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS and/or SERVICES The following items and/or services will be provided PER UNIT by Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) prior to final delivery: LICENSED MANUFACTURER The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires “every manufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. The manufacturer has a current license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable. LICENSED DEALERSHIP The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires a “dealer in vehicles of a type subject to registration, shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. has a current license at time of bid as outlined above and is available upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable. LICENSED SALES REPRESENTATIVE The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11800 requires that it shall be “unlawful for any person to function as a vehicle salesperson without having first procured a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV)”. The representative has a current vehicle salesperson’s license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable. VEHICLE REGISTRATION The State of California Vehicle Code section 11739 requires that the “dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer” through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle being sold and is authorized to register with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer. GSFA will make all necessary applications and complete all transfer papers, including applying for California Exempt “E” license plates. WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS GSFA will provide weekly photographs of the apparatus or the major components as they are being constructed. The photographs will commence at the start of the manufacturing process and will continue through production by the manufacturer. The reports will show the progress of the apparatus through the course of each week. Special attention will be given to show the unique features and aspects of the apparatus as construction progresses. PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY TRIP A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for THREE (3) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to the start of production. The pre-construction trip will have a duration of FIVE (5) days and FOUR (4) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between GSFA and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose. 2 Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. Please note that one (1) factory pre-construction trip has been priced for the two units being proposed (meaning that the cost for this inspection trip, has been spread evenly over two units). FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY TRIP A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for THREE (3) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of SIX (6) days and FIVE (5) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between GSFA and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose. Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. Please note that one (1) factory final inspection trip has been priced for the two units being proposed (meaning that the cost for this inspection trip, has been spread evenly over two units). CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND A contingency reserve fund in the sum of $50,000 is included PER UNIT in the quotation to cover the cost of change orders, unforeseen items or required work that may come up during the contract to be used at the discretion of the City of South San Francisco. This reserve fund is not an estimate of those contingencies, and the cost of change orders, unforeseen items or required work could exceed the amount reserved depending on their nature. Any unused portion of this reserve fund will be credited back on the final invoice or returned in the form of a check to the City of South San Francisco promptly following final invoicing. DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the apparatus (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to their Northern California facility in Sacramento for a dealer preparation inspection. To ensure proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable. PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE 3 After transportation from the factory and prior to delivery, the apparatus will receive a pre-delivery service to confirm proper operation and correction of any issues found as a result of said inspection. The Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. pre-delivery service consists of the following: • Engine Compartment and Undercarriage – Check for any broken mounting brackets and inspect for correct capacities of the following (if applicable): engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil. • Interior – Operate all doors, windows, and locks for proper adjustment. Check upholstery. • Exterior – Repair reasonable paint scratches or chips. Tighten any loose hardware and inspect tires and wheels for proper pressure and lug torquing. • Road Test – With the water tank (if applicable) full, the apparatus will be driven approximately twenty miles which allows the drive train components to get up to operating temperature. Road test will be on both city and highway roads. A DOT compliant brake test will be conducted to ensure the system is holding air. The brake condition and wheel seals will also be inspected. • Electrical - Operate all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories to verify operation. • Pump - If applicable, vacuum test the pump to hold for 15 minutes. After vacuum test, operate the relief valve, transfer valve and check pump shift. Check water tank for leaks and inspect water level gauge for calibration. With discharge caps loose, rapid test all individual gauges and main gauges for calibration. Lubricate valve rods. • Foam System – If applicable, tighten caps and connect foam lines. Test selector, valves, metering valve and operation of foam system (including flush). • Fuel Tank - Fuel tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery. • DEF Tank - DEF tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery. • Wash - The apparatus will be thoroughly washed at the dealership location prior to final delivery. ENDURA CALIBRATING CHARGER FOR BK TECHNOLOGIES KNG RADIOS Four (4) Endura part number EC1C-BK2 chargers will be provided PER UNIT. Each charger calibrates / charges batteries for KNG-P150, KNG-P400, KNG-P500, KNG-P800, KNG2-P150, KNG2-P400, KNG2-P500, KNG2-P800. Includes AC to DC power supply. Compatible with KAA0100, KAA0101, KAA0103, BP0100LI, BP0101LIXT batteries. Special order item. Switch on side allows selection of Charge Only Mode or Calibration Mode. Calibration Mode (CAL) enables you to refresh batteries that incorrectly display battery charge level on the radio. This condition is typically discovered when a fully charged and healthy battery is placed on the radio and the battery level icon shows less than full charge. Charge Only Mode (CHG) is selected when you simply want to charge a battery. 4 Features: Hot and cold battery monitoring, charges / calibrates battery while on or off the radio. Separate LEDs confirm charging or calibration status. BULLARD VEHICLE CHARGING STATION One (1) Bullard POWERHOUSE Vehicle Charging Station for Bullard T3X, T4X, Legacy T320, T3MAX, and T4MAX Thermal Imagers will be provided PER UNIT. NOTE: Thermal imager sold separately and not included. The T3X offers firefighters an economic thermal imager in a favorite handheld design equipped with the newest state-of-the-art infrared engine technology for the highest image quality and performance ever. The T4X combines advanced features and the industry's largest widescreen display with the newest state-of-the-art infrared engine technology for the ultimate in thermal imaging performance. LOOSE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING ALLOWANCE A loose equipment mounting allowance of $10,000.00 is included PER UNIT in the bid price to cover the cost of mounting the applicable equipment per the direction of the City of South San Francisco. If the mounting allowance is exceeded, additional work can be performed at the current published shop rate. Any unused portion of this allowance will be credited back on the final invoice or reimbursed in the form of a check to the City of South San Francisco. FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION) GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the Product (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to the Customer specified address once completed. Prior to delivery of the Product, Customer agrees to provide proof of liability and physical damage insurance to GSFA. GSFA will not release the Product to the Customer until such proof of insurance is provided. It is the responsibility of the Customer to have any outstanding balance due, paid in full to GSFA, prior to or at the time that the Product is complete and ready to deliver. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received. Due to insurance liability, the Product will not be delivered without full acceptance and full payment (or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA). END OF EXHIBIT “D”